Faculteit Economie en Bedrijfskunde Faculty of … · Faculteit Economie en Bedrijfskunde Faculty...

1

Faculteit Economie en BedrijfskundeFaculty of Economics and Business

Studiegids 2014-2015Student Handbook 2014-2015

OpleidingenDegree programmes

Studiegids 2014-2015 / Student Handbook 2014-2015

2

Inhoudsopgave / Table of contents

A. Bachelorprogramma’s / Bachelor’s degree programmes 7

A.1. BSc Accountancy en Controlling 7

A.2. BSc Bedrijfseconomie 8

A.3. BSc Bedrijfskunde 9A.3.1. Programmabeschrijving 9A.3.2. Overzicht studieprogramma 11A.3.3. Substitutie- en/of overgangsregelingen 15A.3.4. Regels en keuzes 15

A.4. BSc Econometrics and Operations Research 18A.4.1. Programme description 18A.4.2. Degree programme 19A.4.3. Substitution and/or transition regulations 20A.4.4. Rules and choices 20

A.5. BSc Economics and Business Economics 22A.5.1. Programme description 22A.5.2. Degree programme 25A.5.3. Substitution and/or transition regulations 30A.5.4. Rules and choices 30

A.6. BSc Fiscale Economie 32

A.7. BSc International Business 33A.7.1. Programme description 33A.7.2. Degree programme 35A.7.3. Substitution and/or transition regulations 36A.7.4. Rules and choices 36

A.8. BSc Technologiemanagement 39

A.9. Verbreding binnen de bacheloropleiding / Additional options within the Bachelor’s degree 40

A.9.1. Minoren 40A.9.2. Bachelor Honoursprogramma 41A.9.3. Introductie Lerarenopleiding 41A.9.4. Minors 41A.9.5. Bachelor’s Honours programme 42

B. Schakelprogramma’s (Nederlandstalig) 44

B.1. Schakelprogramma’s Accountancy en Controlling 44B.1.1. Programmabeschrijving 44B.1.2. Overzicht studieprogramma 45B.1.3. Regels en keuzes 45

B.2. Schakelprogramma Technology and Operations Management (NL) 47

B.2.1. Regels en keuzes 47

3

C. Pre-Master’s programmes (English) 48

C.1. Introduction 48

C.2. Pre-MSc Business Administration 49C.2.1. Pre-MSc Change Management 49C.2.2. Pre- MSc BA - Organizational & Management Control 50C.2.3. Pre-MSc BA - Small Business & Entrepreneurship 50C.2.4. Pre-MSc BA - Strategic Innovation Management 51

C.3. Pre-MSc Finance 51

C.4. Pre-MSc Human Resource Management 52

C.5. Pre-MSc International Business and Management 52

C.6. Pre-MSc International Economics and Business 53

C.7. Pre-MSc International Financial Management 53

C.8. Pre-MSc Marketing 54

C.9. Pre-MSc Supply Chain Management 54

C.10. Pre-MSc Technology and Operations Management 55

C.11. Substitution and/or transition regulation 55

C.12. Rules and choices 56

D. Masteropleidingen / Master’s degree programmes 57

D.1. MSc Accountancy en Controlling 57D.1.1. Programmabeschrijving 57D.1.2. Overzicht studieprogramma 58D.1.3. Regels en keuzes 59

D.2. MSc BA – Change Management 60D.2.1. Programme description 60D.2.2. Degree programmes 61D.2.3. Rules and choices 62

D.3. MSc BA – Organizational & Management Control 64D.3.1. Programme description 64D.3.2. Degree programme 65D.3.3. Rules and choices 66

D.4. MSc BA – Small Business & Entrepreneurship 68D.4.1. Programme description 68D.4.2. Degree programme 69D.4.3. Rules and choices 70

D.5. MSc BA – Strategic Innovation Management 72D.5.1. Programme description 72D.5.2. Degree programme 73D.5.3. Rules and choices 74

D.6. MSc Econometrics, Operations Research & Actuarial Studies 75


4

D.6.1. Programme description 75D.6.2. Degree programme 76D.6.3. Rules and choices 78

D.7. MSc Economics 80D.7.1. Programme description 80D.7.2. Degree programme 81D.7.3. Rules and choices 83

D.8. MSc Finance 84D.8.1. Programme description 84D.8.2. Degree programme 85D.8.3. Rules and choices 86

D.9. MSc Fiscale Economie 88D.9.1. Programmabeschrijving 88D.9.2. Overzicht studieprogramma 89D.9.3. Regels en keuzes 89

D.10. MSc Human Resource Management 90D.10.1. Programme description 90D.10.2. Degree programme 90D.10.3. Rules and choices 91

D.11. MSc International Business and Management 93D.11.1. Programme description 93D.11.2. Degree programme 94D.11.3. Rules and choices 96

D.12. MSc International Economics and Business 97D.12.1. Programme description 97D.12.2. Degree programme 99D.12.3. Rules and choices 101

D.13. MSc International Financial Management 102D.13.1. Programme description 102D.13.2. Degree programme 103D.13.3. Rules and choices 104

D.14. MSc Marketing 106D.14.1. Programme description 106D.14.2. Degree programme 107D.14.3. Rules and choices 110

D.15. MSc Supply Chain Management 111D.15.1. Programme description 111D.15.2. Degree programme 112D.15.3. Rules and choices 113

D.16. MSc Technology and Operations Management 114D.16.1. Programme description 114D.16.2. Degree programme 115D.16.3. Rules and choices 116

D.17. Research Master in Economics and Business 118D.17.1. Programme description 118D.17.2. Degree programme 119

5

D.17.3. Rules and choices 123

D.18. MSc Lerarenopleiding Economie en Bedrijfswetenschappen 124D.18.1. Programmabeschrijving 124D.18.2. Overzicht studieprogramma 125D.18.3. Regels en keuzes 125

E. Double Degree Bachelor programmes 127

E.1. Fudan University, Shanghai 127E.1.1. Programme description DD BSc E&BE - Economics-IE&B - Fudan 127E.1.2. Degree programme DD BSc E&BE-Economics - Fudan 127E.1.3. Degree programme DD BSc E&BE-IE&B - Fudan 129E.1.4. Programme description DD BSc EOR - Fudan 131E.1.5. Degree programme DD BSc EOR - Fudan 131

E.2. Universitas Gadjah Mada, Yogyakarta 133E.2.1. Programme description DD BSc IB - Universitas Gadjah Mada 133E.2.2. Degree programme DD BSc IB - Universitas Gadjah Mada 133

E.3. Universitas Indonesia, Jakarta 135E.3.1. Programme description DD BSc IB - Universitas Indonesia 135E.3.2. Degree programme DD BSc IB, 1.5 year - Universitas Indonesia 135E.3.3. Degree programme DD BSc IB, 2 year - Universitas Indonesia 136

F. Double Degree Master programmes 138

F.1. Alexandru Ioan Cuza University in Iasi, Romania DD MSc Finance 138

F.1.1. Programme description DD MSc Finance - UAIC of Iasi, Romania 138F.1.2. Degree programme DD MSc Finance - UAIC of Iasi, Romania 139

F.2. BI Norwegian Business School, Oslo 140F.2.1. Programme description DD MSc Marketing Intelligence - BI, Oslo 140F.2.2. Degree programme MSc Marketing Intelligence - BI, Oslo 142

F.3. Corvinus University, Budapest 145F.3.1. Programme description DD MSc IE&B - Corvinus University, Budapest 145F.3.2. Degree programme DD MSc IE&B 148

F.4. Fudan University, Shanghai 151F.4.1. Programme description DD MSc Economics-Finance-IB&M-IE&B - Fudan

151F.4.2. Degree programme DD MSc Economics - Fudan 154F.4.3. Degree programme DD MSc Finance - Fudan 155F.4.4. Degree programme DD MSc IB&M - Fudani 157F.4.5. Degree programme DD MSc IE&B - Fudan 159

F.5. Georg-August University, Göttingen 162F.5.1. Programme description DD MSc IE&B - Georg-August Univ., Göttingen 162F.5.2. Degree programme DD MSc IE&B - Georg-August Univ., Göttingen 164

F.6. Newcastle University Business School, Newcastle 166F.6.1. Programme description DD MSc IB&M - NUBS, Newcastle 166F.6.2. Degree programme DD MSc IB&M - NUBS, Newcastle 168


6

F.6.3. Programme description DD MSc TOM - NUBS, Newcastle 171F.6.4. Degree programme DD MSc TOM - NUBS, Newcastle 173

F.7. Universidad de Chile, Santiago de Chile 174F.7.1. Programme description DD MSc Economics - Universidad de Chile 174F.7.2. Degree programme DD MSc Economics - Universidad de Chile 179

F.8. Uppsala University, Uppsala 182F.8.1. Programme description DD MSc IFM - UU, Uppsala 182F.8.2. Degree programme DD MSc IFM - UU, Uppsala 184

G. Substitutie- en overgangsregelingen / Substitution and transition regulations 185

G.1. Substitutie- en overgangsregelingen bacheloropleidingen / Substitution and transition regulations Bachelor’s degree programmes 185

G.1.1. Algemeen / General 185G.1.2. BSc A&C: substitutieregeling 3e studiejaar 186G.1.3. BSc Bedrijfseconomie: substitutieregelingen 2e en 3e studiejaar 187G.1.4. BSc Bedrijfskunde: substitutieregelingen 2e en 3e studiejaar 190G.1.5. BSc Bedrijfskunde, profiel A&C: overgangsregeling 3e studiejaar 192G.1.6. BSc Bedrijfskunde, profiel B&M: overgangsregeling 3e studiejaar 193G.1.7. BSc Bedrijfskunde, profiel TM: overgangsregeling 3e studiejaar 193G.1.8. BSc EOR: substitution regulation 3rd year 194G.1.9. BSc EOR: transition regulation 3rd year 196G.1.10. BSc E&BE, profile BE: transition regulation 3rd year 196G.1.11. BSc E&BE, profile Economics: substitution regulation 3rd year 197G.1.12. BSc E&BE, profile Economics: transition regulation 3rd year 198G.1.13. BSc E&BE, profile IE&B: substitution regulation 3rd year 198G.1.14. BSc E&BE, profile IE&B: transition regulation 3rd year 199G.1.15. BSc Fiscale Economie: substitutieregelingen 2e en 3e studiejaar 199G.1.16. BSc International Business: substitution and transition regulations 202G.1.17. BSc Technologiemanagement, profiel DT: substitutieregeling 3e studiejaar

202G.1.18. BSc Technologiemanagement, profiel IT: substitutieregeling 3e studiejaar

203G.1.19. BSc Technologiemanagement, profiel PT: substitutieregeling 3e studiejaar

204G.1.20. Pre-MSc programmes (English): substitution regulation 204G.1.21. Pre-MSc TOM (Nederlandstalig): substitutieregeling 206

7

Bachelorprogramma’s / Bachelor’s degree programmes

A. Bachelorprogramma’s / Bachelor’s degree programmes

A.1. BSc Accountancy en Controlling

Opleidingsdirecteur: dr. E.P. Jansen, [email protected] , (050) 363 6382

Opleidingscoördinator: mw. I.M. Luttmer-Noest, [email protected] , (050) 363 3768

Secretariaat: mw. E.H. van der Voort-Toisuta, [email protected], (050) 363 3768

Studieadvies: Student Support Desk, http://www.rug.nl/feb/education/support/bachelorstudent

Taal: Nederlands

De bacheloropleiding Accountancy en Controlling wordt per 31 augustus 2016 opgeheven. Instromen als nieuwe student in de bacheloropleiding Accountancy en Controlling is niet meer mogelijk; evenmin als herinschrijven na een tijdelijke uitschrijving.

Het reguliere programma van de bacheloropleiding Accountancy en Controlling wordt niet meer aangeboden. In 2013-2014 is het derde jaar voor het laatst verzorgd. In 2014-2015 worden uitsluitend hertentamens afgenomen voor vakken van het derde jaar.

Studenten die de bacheloropleiding Accountancy en Controlling nog niet hebben afgerond, hebben tot 31 augustus 2016 de mogelijkheid om de opleiding alsnog af te ronden. Met afronden wordt bedoeld dat alle vakken met een voldoende moeten zijn afgerond en dat in ProgRESS.WWW een programmagoedkeuring moet zijn toegekend. Na 31 augustus 2016 kan de bacheloropleiding Accountancy en Controlling niet meer niet meer worden afgerond.

De meeste vakken van de bacheloropleiding Accountancy en Controlling worden niet meer aangeboden. In de subsitutieregelingen wordt aangegeven door welke vakken deze vervangen kunnen worden.De inhoud en de substitutieregelingen van de bacheloropleiding Accountancy en Controlling zijn terug te vinden in de volgende studiegidsen:• Inhoud propedeuse studiegids 2011-2012 • Inhoud tweede studiejaar studiegids 2012-2013• Inhoud derde studiejaar studiegids 2013-2014• Substitutieregelingen propedeuse studiegids 2012-2013• Substitutieregelingen tweede studiejaar studiegids 2013-2014• Substitutieregelingen derde studiejaar studiegids 2014-2015, paragraaf G.1.2.• Regels en keuzes studiegids 2013-2014

mailto:e.p.jansen%40rug.nl%20?subject=

mailto:i.m.luttmer-noest%40rug.nl?subject=

mailto:e.h.van.der.voort-toisuta%40rug.n?subject=

http://www.rug.nl/feb/education/support/bachelorstudent


8

A.2. BSc Bedrijfseconomie

Opleidingsdirecteur: dr. P.P.M. Smid, [email protected], (050) 363 3668

Opleidingscoördinator: dr. C.A. Huijgen, [email protected], (050) 363 7206

Secretariaat: mw. G. Pol, [email protected], (050) 363 3685


Taal: Nederlands

De bacheloropleiding Bedrijfseconomie wordt per 31 augustus 2016 opgeheven. Instromen als nieuwe student in de bacheloropleiding Bedrijfseconomie is niet meer mogelijk; evenmin als herinschrijven na een tijdelijke uitschrijving.

Het reguliere programma van de bacheloropleiding Bedrijfseconomie wordt niet meer aangeboden. In 2013-2014 is het derde jaar voor het laatst verzorgd. In 2014-2015 wordt enkel het vak ‘Bachelorafstudeerwerkstuk BE’ nog tweemaal aangeboden (zie de substitutieregeling) en worden er verder alleen hertentamens afgenomen voor vakken van het derde jaar..

Studenten die de bacheloropleiding Bedrijfseconomie nog niet hebben afgerond, hebben tot 31 augustus 2016 de mogelijkheid om de opleiding alsnog af te ronden. Met afronden wordt bedoeld dat alle vakken met een voldoende moeten zijn afgerond en dat in ProgRESS.WWW een programmagoedkeuring moet zijn toegekend. Na 31 augustus 2016 kan de bacheloropleiding Bedrijfseconomie niet meer worden afgerond.

De meeste vakken van de bacheloropleiding Bedrijfseconomie worden niet meer aangeboden. In de subsitutieregelingen wordt aangegeven door welke vakken deze vervangen kunnen worden.

De inhoud en de substitutieregelingen van de bacheloropleiding Bedrijfseconomie zijn terug te vinden in de volgende studiegidsen:• Inhoud propedeuse studiegids 2011-2012 • Inhoud tweede studiejaar studiegids 2012-2013• Inhoud derde studiejaar studiegids 2013-2014• Substitutieregelingen propedeuse studiegids 2012-2013• Substitutieregelingen tweede studiejaar studiegids 2013-2014• Substitutieregelingen derde studiejaar studiegids 2014-2015, paragraaf G.1.3.• Regels en keuzes studiegids 2013-2014

mailto:p.p.m.smid%40rug.nl?subject=

mailto:c.a.huijgen%40rug.nl?subject=

mailto:g.pol%40rug.nl?subject=


9


A.3. BSc Bedrijfskunde

A.3.1. Programmabeschrijving

Opleidingsdirecteur: prof.dr. J. de Vries, [email protected] , (050) 363 3679

Opleidingscoördinator:

• Propedeuse Bedrijfskunde en profiel Technology Management: mw. dr. G.C. Ruel, [email protected], (050) 363 7314

• Profiel Accountancy en Controlling: dr. E.P. Jansen, [email protected], (050) 363 3535

• Profiel Business en Management: prof.dr. J. de Vries, [email protected] , (050) 363 3679

Secretariaat: • mw. M.A. Gorter-Bruinsma, [email protected] , (050) 363 7529 en

• mw. I.C. Wieringa-van der Veen, [email protected], (050) 363 3679


Taal: Nederlands

Inhoud

De bacheloropleiding Bedrijfskunde is een interdisciplinaire, wetenschappelijke en praktijkgerichte opleiding met ruime aandacht voor vaardigheden die in de beroepspraktijk van belang zijn. De opleiding stelt studenten in de gelegenheid om een brede academische vorming op te doen met betrekking tot het functioneren van en het ingrijpen in organisaties. De opleiding vormt in de eerste plaats een kennismaking met de bedrijfswetenschappelijke disciplines en de belangrijkste functionele gebieden. Inzicht in de samenhang tussen deze gebieden, een integratieve benadering, de relatie met de externe omgeving en aandacht voor technologische, financiële en organisatieveranderingsprocessen zijn daarbij belangrijke aandachtspunten. De opleiding is praktijkgericht in die zin dat er veel aandacht wordt besteed aan het leren toepassen van wetenschappelijke kennis bij het oplossen van organisatievraagstukken. Hierbij behoort ook het versterken van sociale en communicatieve vaardigheden van studenten. De afgestudeerde bachelor is in de eerste plaats dan ook een bedrijfskundige professional die beschikt over een wetenschappelijke houding en die probleem- en oplossingsgericht werkt.

Opbouw van het programma

De bacheloropleiding kent een driejarig studieprogramma dat is opgebouwd uit een propedeutische fase (het eerste studiejaar) en een postpropedeutische fase (het tweede en derde studiejaar). De propedeuse heeft een oriënterende functie waarbij een kennismaking met de verschillende bedrijfsprocessen het vertrekpunt vormt. Belangrijke basiswetenschappen waarmee de student in de propedeuse kennis maakt zijn onder meer: organisatiekunde, gedragswetenschappen, financial accounting, informatiekunde en supply chain operations. Het propedeuseprogramma kent daarnaast practica waarin wetenschappelijke methoden, technieken en vaardigheden worden

mailto:jan.de.vries%40rug.nl?subject=

mailto:g.c.ruel%40rug.nl?subject=

mailto:e.p.jansen%40rug.nl?subject=

mailto:jan.de.vries%40rug.nl?subject=

mailto:secr.bscbdk.feb%40rug.nl?subject=

mailto:secr.bscbdk.feb%40rug.nl?subject=



10

getraind. In het tweede en derde studiejaar worden de studieonderdelen die in het eerste jaar zijn aangeboden verdiept en in samenhang toegepast. Naast een algemeen verplicht deel van 90 EC (inclusief propedeuse), heeft de bacheloropleiding Bedrijfskunde drie profielen van ieder 90 EC. In het tweede studiejaar dient dan ook een keuze gemaakt te worden uit één van de volgende profielen: Accountancy en Controlling, Business en Management of Technology Management. Middels het volgen van één van deze drie profielen worden studenten van het bachelorprogramma in staat gesteld zich verder te specialiseren in één van de deelgebieden binnen de bedrijfskunde.

Het profiel Accountancy en Controlling richt zich op de betrouwbaarheid van informatie voor de besturing van organisaties en voor het afleggen van verantwoording over het gevoerde beleid aan interne en externe stakeholders. Naast algemeen bedrijfskundige vakken zijn de vakken binnen het profiel Accountancy en Controlling er dan ook op gericht om studenten wetenschappelijke kennis van, inzicht in en vaardigheden op het gebied van accountancy en controlling bij te brengen. Naast de grondslagen van onder meer internal control, auditing en corporate governance, biedt het profiel een verdieping van de basiskennis op het gebied van management accounting, financial accounting, en financiering. Het profiel Accountancy en Controlling biedt primair de basis voor een masteropleiding Accountancy of Controlling en de daarop aansluitende (theoretische) postinitiële opleidingen voor Registeraccountant respectievelijk Registercontroller.Het profiel Technology Management combineert een gedegen inzicht in de bedrijfswetenschappen met een verdieping in technologische vraagstukken. Daardoor ontstaat een goede basis voor het verrichten van onderzoek naar het functioneren en verbeteren van processen in organisaties. De vakken binnen het profiel Technology Management richten zich dan ook op het raakvlak van management en techniek. Studenten die het profiel Technology Management gevolgd hebben, kunnen complexe bedrijfsproblemen waar techniek een belangrijke rol speelt modelleren, analyseren, oplossingen aandragen en deze ook realiseren. Binnen het profiel Business en Management wordt naast een verdieping in de verschillende bedrijfswetenschappelijke disciplines speciale aandacht besteed aan sociale processen binnen organisaties. Vakken als Management en Organisatie, Organisatieverandering, Human Resource Management en Strategisch Management nemen dan ook een centrale plaats in binnen dit profiel. Studenten die het profiel Business en Management hebben gevolgd zijn dan ook in staat om complexe bedrijfsprocessen te doorgronden en kunnen deze koppelen aan sociale (veranderings)processen binnen een organisatie.

Het derde studiejaar van het programma staat, afhankelijk van het profiel dat gevolgd wordt, in het teken van integratie en individuele professionalisering middels een Minor van 30 EC. Daarbij kan gekozen worden voor een universitaire (verbredende) minor, een facultaire (verdiepende) minor of een buitenlandminor. Studenten Bedrijfskunde hebben de keus uit drie facultaire minoren:• B&M/TM• Entrepreneurship and Innovation• Bedrijf en BelastingenZie voor meer informatie over de minoren paragraaf A.9.1van deze gids of de handleiding ‘Minoren Bachelor Bedrijfskunde’, te vinden op de Nestor Community van de BSc Bedrijfskunde. Het derde jaar wordt afgesloten met het schrijven van een werkstuk. Door het schrijven van een bachelorafstudeerwerkstuk wordt getoetst of de student op een zelfstandige en wetenschappelijk verantwoorde wijze een bedrijfskundig onderzoek kan uitvoeren.

11


Gedetailleerde informatie over de bacheloropleiding Bedrijfskunde staat op de Nestor community BSc Bedrijfskunde. Naast actuele informatie over het programma zijn op deze community ook goedkeuringsregelingen en informatie over de organisatie van de opleiding te vinden. Verder kan op de Nestor community meer informatie gevonden worden over het volgen van vakken aan buitenlandse universiteiten en de profiel-specifieke vakken.

CarrièreperspectievenMet het oog op carrièreperspectieven is het aan te bevelen om na afronding van de bacheloropleiding een aansluitende masteropleiding te volgen. Afgestudeerde bedrijfskundigen komen na het behalen van een masterdiploma op zeer uiteenlopende functies terecht. Afhankelijk van de masteropleiding valt hierbij te denken aan functies op het gebied van human resource management (bijvoorbeeld personeelsadviseur), marketing (bijvoorbeeld productmanager), financieel beleid (bijvoorbeeld controller), productie en logistiek (bijvoorbeeld inkoopmanager), kwaliteit (bijvoorbeeld kwaliteitsfunctionaris), informatie- en communicatietechnologie (bijvoorbeeld ICT-adviseur) en organisatieadvisering (bijvoorbeeld consultant).

A.3.2. Overzicht studieprogramma

V = Verplicht; K = Keuze; KG = Keuzegroep; EN = onderwijs wordt in het Engels gegeven; NL = onderwijs wordt in het Nederlands gegeven; zie ook de vakbeschrijvingen in Ocasys.

Opleiding: BSc Bedrijfskunde/BdkStudiejaar: 1Profiel: basisprogramma BSc Bdk

sem vaknaam vakcode EC V/K taal1.1 Management Science EBP025A05 5 V NL1.1 Marketing BDK EBP027A05 5 V NL1.1 Organisatie en technologie BDK EBP618B05 5 V NL1.2 Gedrag in organisaties EBP607A05 5 V NL1.2 Statistiek BDK EBP624B05 5 V NL1.2 Supply Chain Operations EBP029A05 5 V NL2.1 Academic Skills I EBP021A05 5 V NL2.1 Financial Accounting BDK EBP023A05 5 V NL2.1 Informatiemanagement BDK EBP024A05 5 V NL2.2 Academic Skills II EBP022A05 5 V NL2.2 Management Accounting BDK EBP026A05 5 V NL2.2 Organisatie en omgeving EBP028A05 5 V NL

Opleiding: BSc Bedrijfskunde/BdkStudiejaar: 2Profiel: Accountancy & Controlling/A&C


12

sem vaknaam vakcode EC V/K taal1.1 Financial Management BDK EBB046A05 5 V NL1.1 Internal Control (BSc) EBB048A05 5 V NL1.1 Kwantitatieve onderzoeksmethoden EBB051A05 5 V NL1.2 Accounting for Management Control EBB078A05 5 V NL1.2 Boekhouden A&C EBB017B05 5 V NL1.2 Kwalitatieve onderzoeksmethoden EBB050A05 5 V NL2.1 Financial Reporting and Consolidation EBB047A05 5 V NL2.1 Ontwerpmethodologie EBB052A05 5 V NL2.1 Recht BDK EBB053A05 5 V NL2.2 Advanced Financial Accounting EBB045A05 5 V NL2.2 Financiering A&C EBB823C05 5 V NL2.2 Introduction to Auditing EBB049A05 5 V NL

Opleiding: BSc Bedrijfskunde/BdkStudiejaar: 2Profiel: Business & Management/B&M

sem vaknaam vakcode EC V/K taal1.1 Financial Management BDK EBB046A05 5 V NL1.1 Kwantitatieve onderzoeksmethoden EBB051A05 5 V NL1.1 Management- en Organisatietheorie EBB054A05 5 V NL1.2 Accounting for Management Control EBB078A05 5 V NL1.2 Kwalitatieve onderzoeksmethoden EBB050A05 5 V NL1.2 Operations Management B&M/TM EBB644B05 5 V NL2.1 Human Resource Management B&M EBB617B05 5 V EN2.1 Ontwerpmethodologie EBB052A05 5 V NL2.1 Recht BDK EBB053A05 5 V NL2.2 Marktcontext en marktonderzoek EBB055A05 5 V NL

2.2 Organisatieverandering en Leiderschap EBB711C05 5 V NL2.2 Strategic Management B&M EBB649C05 5 V EN

Opleiding: BSc Bedrijfskunde/BdkStudiejaar: 2Profiel: Technology Management/TM

sem vaknaam vakcode EC V/K taal1.1 Financial Management BDK EBB046A05 5 V NL1.1 Kwantitatieve onderzoeksmethoden EBB051A05 5 V NL1.1 Technologiemanagement EBB059A05 5 V NL1.2 Kwalitatieve onderzoeksmethoden EBB050A05 5 V NL1.2 Logistieke informatiesystemen EBB057A05 5 V NL1.2 Operations Management B&M/TM EBB644B05 5 V NL2.1 Ontwerpmethodologie EBB052A05 5 V NL

13


2.1 Recht BDK EBB053A05 5 V NL2.1 Work Organization and Job Design EBB601B05 5 V EN2.2 Applied Manufacturing Research EBB056A05 5 V EN2.2 Management of Product Innovation EBB652B05 5 V EN2.2 Production Planning & Quality Control EBB058A05 5 V EN

Opleiding: BSc Bedrijfskunde/BdkStudiejaar: 3Profiel: Accountancy & Controlling/A&C

sem vaknaam vakcode EC V/K taal1.1 Belastingrecht 1 voor FE / A&C RGAFI30104 4 V NL1.1 Corporate Governance A&C EBB099A05 5 V NL1.1 Financial Statement Analysis for A&C EBB116A05 5 V EN1.2 Auditing Practices EBB097A05 5 V NL1.2 Belastingrecht 2 RGMFI00406 6 V NL1.2 Management Control A&C EBB102A05 5 V NL2.1 Ethics in Business and Management EBB100A05 5 V EN2.1 Financial and Actuarial Calculus EBB822B05 5 V NL2.1 Ondernemingsrecht A&C EBB901C05 5 V NL2.2 Accounting Information Systems A&C EBB096A05 5 V NL2.2 Bachelor’s Thesis BDK-A&C EBB924B10 10 V NL

Opleiding: BSc Bedrijfskunde/BdkStudiejaar: 3Profiel: Business & Management/B&M

sem vaknaam vakcode EC V/K taal1.1-21.1-21.1-21.1-21.2-2

• minor BDK-B&M/TM of• minor Bedrijfs en Belastingen of• minor Innovation & Entrepreneurship of• buitenlandminor of• universitaire minor

3030303030

KG AKG AKG AKG AKG A

ENNLENEN

2.1 Academic Skills III EBB095A05 5 V NL2.1 Ethics in Business and Management EBB100A05 5 V EN2.1 Integrative Research Project EBB101A05 5 V NL2.2 Bachelor’s Thesis BDK-B&M EBB731B10 10 V NL2.2 Contemporary Theories on B&M EBB098A05 5 V EN

NB Studenten die zich willen aanmelden voor de masteropleiding Finance dienen de vakken Intermediate Asset Pricing (EBB084A05) en Corporate Finance for E&BE (EBB079A05) te volgen als onderdeel van hun minor BDK-B&M/TM. Deze vakken zijn een entreevoor-waarde voor de MSc Finance.

Opleiding: BSc Bedrijfskunde/BdkStudiejaar: 3Profiel: Technology Management/TM


14

sem vaknaam vakcode EC V/K taal1.1-21.1-21.1-21.1-21.1-2

• minor BDK-B&M/TM of• minor Bedrijf en Belastingen of• minor Innovation & Entrepreneurship of• buitenlandminor of• universitaire minor

3030303030

KG AKG AKG AKG AKG A

ENNLENEN

2.1 Ethics in Business and Management EBB100A05 5 V EN2.1 International Bus.& Supply Chain Market. EBB609B05 5 V EN2.1 Ontwerppraktijk BDK-TM EBB103A05 5 V NL2.2 Bachelor’s Thesis BDK-TM EBB643C10 10 V NL2.2 Organisatie, technologie en verandering EBB647B05 5 V NL

NB Studenten die zich willen aanmelden voor de masteropleiding Finance dienen de vakken Intermediate Asset Pricing (EBB084A05) en Corporate Finance for E&BE (EBB079A05) te volgen als onderdeel van hun minor BDK-B&M/TM. Deze vakken zijn een entreevoor-waarde voor de MSc Finance.

Opleiding: BSc Bedrijfskunde/BdkStudiejaar: 3Profiel: Minor B&M/TM

sem vaknaam vakcode EC V/K taal1.1 Digital Marketing EBB105A05 5 K EN

1.1 Entrepreneurship B&M/TM EBB106A05 5 K EN1.1 Intermediate Asset Pricing EBB084A05 5 K EN1.1 Managementvaardigheden EBB697A05 5 K NL1.1 Purchasing & Supply Chain Management EBB742B05 5 K EN1.1 Teamwork - Theories, Design and Dynamics EBB110A05 5 K EN1.2 Behavioural Decision Making EBB104A05 5 K EN1.2 Corporate Finance for E&BE EBB079A05 5 K EN1.2 Innovation Management B&M EBB107A05 5 K EN1.2 International Business Theories EBB108A05 5 K EN1.2 Operations Strategy and Technology EBB109A05 5 K EN

NB • Studenten kiezen 30 EC uit “Minor B&M/TM”• De vakken Intermediate Asset Pricing (EBB084A05) en Corporate Finance for

E&BE (EBB079A05) staan alleen open voor studenten die zich willen aanmelden voor de masteropleiding Finance. Voor hen zijn deze vakken verplicht, omdat zij een entreevoorwaarde zijn voor de MSc Finance..

Opleiding: BSc Bedrijfskunde/BdkStudiejaar: 3Profiel: Minor Bedrijf en Belastingen

sem vaknaam vakcode EC V/K taal1.1 Inleiding Belastingheffing over inkomen RGAFI30505 5 V NL1.1 Loonheffing voor niet-juristen RGAFI30205 5 V NL

15


1.1 Omzetbelasting voor niet-juristen RGAFI30405 5 V NL1.2 Formeel Belastingrecht 1 - 14/15* RGBFI00005 5 V NL1.2 Privaatrecht voor niet-juristen RGAPR70205 5 V NL1.2 Winstbelasting voor niet-juristen RGAFI30305 5 V NL

Opleiding: BSc Bedrijfskunde/BdkStudiejaar: 3Profiel: Minor Innovation & Entrepreneurship

sem vaknaam vakcode EC V/K taal1.1 Entrepreneurial Marketing EBB117A05 5 V EN1.1 Entrepreneurship B&M/TM EBB106A05 5 V EN1.1 Technology-based Offerings EBB119A05 5 V EN1.2 Innovation Management B&M EBB107A05 5 V EN1.2 Project Innovation & Entrepreneurship EBB118A10 10 V EN

A.3.3. Substitutie- en/of overgangsregelingen

Zie hoofdstukken G.1.4, G.1.5, G.1.6 en G.1.7.

A.3.4. Regels en keuzes

Regels en keuzes BSc BedrijfskundeEerstejaars voorlichting februari en april/mei, met informatie over keuze 2e

jaarToelatingseis post-propedeuse • propedeuse BedrijfskundeEisen voor voorlopige toelating tot (het eerste jaar van) de post-propedeuse, tijdens het tweede jaar van inschrijving.

Voldoen aan de BSA-norm, d.w.z. ≥ 45 EC van het propedeutisch programma is behaald. Voor meer informatie over het Bindend Studie-advies (BSA): zie par. 5. van de BSc-OER en/of par. 1.4.2 van het algemene deel van deze gids

Overstap naar de postpropedeuse vanuit de propedeuse van een andere opleiding

Vanuit de propedeuses van • A&C, • BE, • E&BE, • Fiscale Economie, • IB/IB&M, • Technologiemanagement is toelating tot de postpropedeuse van Bedrijfskunde mogelijk nadat is voldaan aan aanvullende eisen. Zie par. 6.3 van de BSc-OER.NB • Studenten die willen overstappen naar de

postpropedeuse van Bedrijfskunde wordt aangeraden ingeschreven te blijven bij de opleiding waar zij hun propedeuse hebben behaald, totdat zij aan de aanvullende eisen hebben voldaan.


16

• Wie toch eerder wil overstappen naar Bedrijfskunde, moet zich inschrijven als propedeusestudent bij Bedrijfskunde en valt als zodanig onder de Numerus-Fixus-regeling voor Bedrijfskunde.

Neem bij twijfel contact op met het admissions office ([email protected]).

Ingangseisen bachelorvakken Zie de vakbeschrijvingen in Ocasys.Ingangseisen Management Game• Het Management Game wordt nog eenmaal

aangeboden, in november 2014. Wie wil deelnemen aan het Management Game moet uiterlijk 4 weken vóór aanvang van het Game:• definitief zijn toegelaten tot de postpropedeuseen• ≥ 40 EC van het eerste postpropedeutische jaar

hebben behaald.Ingangseisen bachelorafstudeerwerkstuk.

• definitieve toelating tot de postpropedeuseen• het bachelorprogramma is goedgekeurden• ≥ 120 EC aan goedgekeurde vakken (inclusief

propedeuse en vrijstellingen) is behaald.NBDeze regeling is van toepassing op alle studenten die staan ingeschreven voor de opleiding

Goedkeuring vakkenpakket Aanvragen via Progress, uiterlijk 6 weken vóór de start van het bachelorafstudeerwerkstuk. Zie ook de informatie op FEB-intranett

Mastervoorlichting November en maart.

Doorstroommasters • MSc Accountancy & Controlling (alleen voor BDK- track A&C, voor de overige tracks gelden aanvullende eisen)

• MSc Business Administration • MSc Finance

(met afgeronde SC Finance (EBB881A10) of Intermediate Asset Pricing (EBB084A05) en Corporate Finance for E&BE (EBB079A05))

• MSc Human Resource Management• MSc International Business & Management• MSc International Economics & Business• MSc International Financial Management• MSc Marketing• MSc Supply Chain Management• MSc Technology and Operations Management• MSc Lerarenopleiding Economie &

Bedrijfsweten¬schappen Voor toelating tot andere masters: verzoek naar de toelatingscommissie.

https://www.rug.nl/ocasys/

http://myuniversity.rug.nl/infonet/studenten/feb/studyandcareeradvice/study-progress/bachelor/goedkeuring-programma

17


Toelatingseisen doorstroommasters • •BSc Bedrijfskunde en• (voor de Engelstalige masteropleidingen:)

voldoende kennis van het Engels, en• (alleen voor de MSc Finance:)

afgeronde SC Finance (EBB881A10) of Intermediate Asset Pricing (EBB084A05) en Corporate Finance for E&BE (EBB079A05)

Instroommoment(en) doorstroommasters

1 september en 1 februari


18

A.4. BSc Econometrics and Operations Research

A.4.1. Programme description

Programme Director: Prof. M.H. van der Vlerk, [email protected], (050) 363 3816

Programme Coordinator: Dr P. Heijnen, [email protected], (050) 363 2317

Secretary: Ms M.A. Koolman, [email protected], (050) 363 7018

Study advisor(s): Student Support Desk, http://www.rug.nl/feb/education/support/bachelorstudent

Language: English

Content

The Bachelor of Science programme Econometrics and Operations Research (EOR) concerns the modelling approach to the description and analysis of issues in the areas of economics, management and related fields. The main objectives of the programme are acquiring knowledge of the most important models presently in use, the necessary background in mathematics and statistics and developing a research-oriented attitude. Training of the ability to translate the findings of this modelling approach into results relevant for the application area is an integrated part of the programme.

To reach these objectives, in the first year and in the first part of the second year the focus is on mathematics and statistics. Other subjects in the first two years are introductory courses into the main areas of EOR, economics and programming. The mainstream subjects of the programme are dealt with in the second and third year: operations research, actuarial science, econometrics and mathematical economics. The final semester of the programme consists on the one hand of a bachelor thesis in completion of the bachelor programme and on the other hand of the opportunity to prepare students for one of the profiles of the master programme Econometrics, Operations Research & Actuarial Studies. Elective courses offer the opportunity to broaden their knowledge of the economic application areas.

To establish a connection between the scientific nature of the programme and the working environment of the EOR bachelor, assignments and case studies play an important role in the programme.Taking part in the programme at a foreign university is encouraged. The programme aims at both Dutch and foreign students. The language of instruction is English. Throughout the programme, support is provided to ensure that academic writing and English language skills reach the required level.

Career prospects

To enhance their career prospects, we strongly recommend that graduates take one of the two follow-on Master’s degree programmes after completing their bachelor degree. So far, almost all BSc EOR graduates have continued their studies at master level. Consequently, there is only limited information on job perspectives for BSc EOR graduates. Other sources, though, suggest that job perspectives for BSc EOR graduates remain very good. Banks, insurance companies and consultancy firms offer good prospects. In addition, more traditional employers such as the CBS and the government

mailto:m.h.van.der.vlerk%40rug.nl?subject=

mailto:p.heijnen%40rug.nl?subject=

mailto:m.a.koolman%40rug.nl?subject=


19


continue to hire BSc EOR graduates. Through further study and specialization, for instance by completing a master programme, one can aim for a more research-oriented career, for instance as a PhD student. This does not have to be restricted to a subject in the area of econometrics, operations research, actuarial science, mathematical economics or statistics, but it could also be in economics, management, logistics, or one of the social sciences.

A.4.2. Degree programme

C = Compulsory; E = Elective; EG = Elective Group; lang = language; EN = English is the language of instruction; NL = Dutch is the language of instruction; see the course description in Ocasys for more details.

Programme: BSc Econometrics and Operations Research/EORYear: 1Profile: core programme BSc EOR

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1 Finance for EOR EBP801B05 5 C EN1.1 Mathematics I for EOR EBP011B05 5 C EN1.1 Microeconomics for EOR EBP841B05 5 C EN1.2 Mathematics II for EOR EBP012B05 5 C EN1.2 OR Modelling EBP821B05 5 C EN1.2 Probability Theory for EOR EBP014B05 5 C EN2.1 Multivariate Calculus EBP013B05 5 C EN2.1 Probability Distributions EBP038A05 5 C EN2.1 Programming for EOR EBP039A05 5 C EN2.2 Estimation and Testing EBP036A05 5 C EN2.2 Linear Algebra for EOR EBP037A05 5 C EN2.2 Statistical Modelling for EOR EBP008B05 5 C EN


sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1 Macroeconomics for EOR EBB027B05 5 C EN1.1 Matrices, Graphs and Convexity EBB073A05 5 C EN1.1 Statistical Inference EBB075A05 5 C EN1.2 Difference- & Differential Equations EBB812A05 5 C EN1.2 Introduction to Operations Research EBB829A05 5 C EN1.2 Linear Models in Statistics EBB072A05 5 C EN2.1 Introduction to Actuarial Science EBB827A05 5 C EN2.1 Introduction to Econometrics EBB828A05 5 C EN2.1 Queueing Theory and Simulation EBB074A05 5 C EN2.2 Dynamic Econometrics EBB813A05 5 C EN


20

2.2 Introduction to Mathematical Economics EBB830A05 5 C EN2.2 Risk Insurance EBB863A05 5 C EN


sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1 Marketing Analytics EBB114A05 5 C EN1.1 Numerical Methods for EOR EBB115A05 5 C EN1.1 suitable course(s) FEB (s.t. approval) 5 C EN1.2 Empirical Econometrics EBB113A05 5 C EN1.2 Finance Theory and Modelling EBB825A05 5 C EN1.2 Stochastic Models EBB878A05 5 C EN2.1-2 Bachelor’s Thesis EOR EBB925A10 10 C EN2.1-2 suitable course(s) FEB (s.t. approval) 10 C EN2.1

2.1

2.1

• Spec. Course Applied Operations Research or

• Spec. Course Generalized Linear Models or

• Spec. Course Microeconometrics

EBB888A05

EBB883A05

EBB880B05

5

5

5

EG A

AG A

EG A

EN

EN

EN2.2 Game Theory EBB872A05 5 C EN

NB Students choose 5 EC from elective group A

A.4.3. Substitution and/or transition regulations

See Sections G.1.8 and G.1.9.

A.4.4. Rules and choices

Rules and Choices BSc in Econometrics and Operations ResearchFirst-year information day October (FEB) and January (EOR)Entry requirements for the post-propaedeutic phase

• Propaedeutic certificate in Econometrics and Operations Research

Provisional entry requirements for (the first year of) the post-propaedeutic phase, during the second year of registration.

Students must have passed the BSA threshold, i.e. earned 45 ECs or more during the first year of registration in the propaedeutic phase. For more information about the Binding Study Advice (BSA): section 5 of the BSc OER and/or section 2.4.2 of the General Information part of this student handbook.

Entry requirements for Bachelor’s courses

Consult the course descriptions in Ocasys.


21


Entry requirements for the Bachelor’s Thesis

• Definitive admission to the post-propaedeutic phase

and• the Bachelor’s programme has been approvedand• ≥ 120 ECs from the approved courses (including

propaedeutic courses and exemptions) have been earned.

N.B. This regulation applies to all students registered for the degree programme

Approval of the Bachelor’s programme Apply via Progress, no later than 6 weeks before starting the Bachelor’s thesis. See the information on the FEB intranet

Master’s information days November (FEB) and February (EOR)Follow-on Master’s degree programmes • MSc in Econometrics, Operations and Actuarial

Studies (EORAS)• MSc in Business Administration• MSc in Economics• MSc in Finance• MSc in International Business & Management• MSc in International Economics & Business• MSc in Marketing• MSc in Supply Chain Management• MSc in Technology and Operations Management• MSc in Teaching Economics and Business

Studies (in Dutch) For admission to other Master’s programmes: submit an application to the Admissions Board

Entry requirements for the follow-on Master’s degree programmes

• Bachelor’s degree in Econometrics and Operations Research and

• (for the English taught Master’s programmes:) sufficient command of English.

Starting dates for the follow-on Master’s degree programmes

1 September (preferred) and 1 February.



22

A.5. BSc Economics and Business Economics


Programme Director: Prof. L. Schoonbeek, [email protected], (050) 363 3798

Programme Coordinators: • E&BE first year and IE&B profile: Dr E.H. van Leeuwen, [email protected], (050) 363 3744

• Business Economics: Dr P.P.M. Smid, [email protected], (050) 363 3668

• Economics profile: Prof. J.P. Elhorst, [email protected], (050) 363 3893

Secretary: • E&BE first year and IE&B profile: Secretariat GEM, [email protected], (050) 363 3458

• Business Economics profile: Ms G. Pol, [email protected], (050) 363 3685

• Economics profile: Ms M. van Kuiken, m.van.kuiken@@rug.nl, (050) 363 7018


Language: English

Note: unless stated otherwise, the text below applies to the new BSc E&BE programme, which started in September 2012. See Section B.2.1 of the Student Handbook 2011-2012 for the text corresponding to the previous BSc E&BE programme.

Content

The BSc programme in Economics and Business Economics (E&BE) aims to provide a solid academic and internationally oriented training, combining insights from business economics, economics and international economics and business, developing a research-oriented attitude and reaching an advanced level of English language skills. The scientific domain of the BSc consists of the fields of business economics (with an emphasis on finance) and (international) economic theory and policy, as well as the related fields of the theory of (international) institutions and of multinational enterprises. In the second BSc-year students choose a profile in either Business Economics, Economics, or International Economics and Business. Depending on the choice made, graduates will be able to demonstrate relevant knowledge and understanding of:• Business Economics- this encompasses the economic functioning of individual

organizations (both profit and non-profit) and the behaviour of people in those organizations. Topics considered include financial and accounting decisions of organizations and the relation between these decisions and the functioning of financial markets, as well as problems related to marketing, operations and logistics and human resource management.

• Economics- this encompasses a wide range of factors related to human choice under conditions of scarcity. These include economic, technological, environmental

mailto:l.schoonbeek%40rug.nl?subject=

mailto:e.h.van.leeuwen%40rug.nl?subject=


mailto:j.p.elhorst%40rug.nl?subject=

mailto:secr.gem.feb%40rug.nl?subject=


mailto:m.van.kuiken%40%40rug.nl?subject=


23


and political factors, together with their effects on local, national and international economic policy and upon strategy and behaviour of organizations in markets.

• International Economics and Business – this encompasses the interaction of multinational firms and their economic environment. The economic environment includes first of all the global and national economy, but also differences in institutions and policies between countries. This requires on the one hand the analysis of strategic decision-making by multinational firms in relation to global economic developments and different country characteristics and on the other hand the analysis of the international economy taking into account the effects of e.g. location and investment decisions by multinational firms.

In all three profiles in-depth training will be given in mathematics, statistics, applied econometrics and (business) research skills. The training in these subjects will enable students to conduct individual academic research in (business) economics. In addition, students will be trained thoroughly in academic writing. Training and practice in this area take the form of writing several theoretical and empirical papers leading to a bachelor’s thesis. Writing a bachelor’s thesis will promote further development of analytical and communication skills (taught and practised in tutorials, in which a student learns how to present, argue and defend points of view and to give feedback).

Upon completion of the BSc E&BE (all three profiles), graduates can directly access the following Master’s degree programmes that are closely related to the Bachelor’s programme: MSc Finance, MSc Economics and MSc International Economics and Business. Graduates also have access to a number of other Master’s degree programmes offered by the FEB. Given the level and study load of the E&BE programme a BSc degree in E&BE also allows access to other (inter)national Master’s degree programs.

Business Economics profile

The Business Economics profile offers a high-quality practical and theoretical academic foundation for any professional in the field. The focus is on core subjects of business economics, such as finance, accounting, marketing, operations and logistics and human resource management. In addition students are taught solid general economic theory, which is essential in the field of business economics. Via this combination of business and economics courses students learn to view the functioning of organizations from an analytic, microeconomic point of view in a macro - and international economic context. In the third year students take two core courses in corporate finance and financial markets leading to upper intermediate academic knowledge of this aspect of business economics. Accordingly, after graduation with a specialization in business economics graduates are especially able to apply the acquired knowledge in these areas.

Economics profile

The Economics profile offers a high-quality practical and theoretical foundation for any profession in this field. The focus on both theory and practice prepares students for professional life. First, students are taught high-level general economic theory, which is essential for any profession in the field of economic policy or research. Students take core courses in both Macroeconomics and Microeconomics. Second, the curriculum concentrates on the application of theory to practice, e.g. in the Bachelor’s thesis. Economists focus primarily on economic theory and policy. Most fundamentally, the Economics profile deals with individual consumer and producer behaviour, the performance of markets, as well as characteristics of national economies. In addition,


24

topics such as banking, the origins of economic growth, economic differences between countries and regions, the role of technological development and innovation and a broad range of public and monetary policy issues are dealt with.

International Economics and Business profile (IE&B)

The IE&B profile offers solid academic training with a strongly international profile and a focus on the integration of international economics and international business strategy. The core of the profile consists of courses in both international business and international economics. International business concentrates on the main characteristics and activities of international corporations. These include strategic management, e.g. how strategic decision-making of multinational enterprises is affected by national economic, social, political and cultural environments, the implications for competitive positioning, entry and establishment in foreign markets and international strategic alliances. International economics deals with analyses of the global economy in which multinationals operate: for example, the determinants of international patterns of trade and specialization, the competitiveness of nations versus that of firms and the policy options to strengthen competitiveness, the effects of trade policy, theories of exchange rates and of the balance-of-payments, international capital flows and financial crises and the international monetary system.

Studying Abroad

To enhance the international profile of the E&BE programme, the third year of the BSc programme includes (the opportunity for) a semester abroad. Students can make use of the extended exchange network of the Faculty with several European and non-European universities. Students can select courses offered by the host university in consultation with the E&BE coordinators. Because of compulsory courses in the second semester, the study abroad period for students studying E&BE is in the first semester of the third year. For students in the IE&B profile, the study abroad is compulsory; for students in the profiles Business Economics and Economics, it is optional. Students need to take the initiative in making their own arrangements. It is strongly recommended to start planning well ahead of time. Students need to apply in advance for approval of the subjects they wish to study abroad.

To be eligible for one of the Faculty’s exchange programmes for studying abroad, students must have completed all first year courses. It is strongly recommended that students have also completed (most of) the second year at the time they are leaving in order to be able to take courses at the required level during the semester abroad. Please note: if students wish to study at a university which does not offer courses in English, the preparation to attain the required language skills should be started well in advance.

As stated above, students can only be selected for a ‘study abroad’ place if they have completed their first year of study. For most universities the first selection is in January, in semester 1.2 (but for some universities the selection is much earlier). A final selection round for remaining ‘study abroad’ positions takes place after the exams of semester 2.1. This means that if students have not completed the 1st year courses of semester 2.2 (including English for E&BE and Research Paper for E&BE) in the previous year, they are not eligible for studying abroad as there are no more resits for these courses before the final selection round starts. Study progress and grades will be taken into account in the selection procedure.

25


In all cases, the programme of the ‘study abroad’ has to be approved by the E&BE programme management:• Dr P.P.M. Smid for Business Economics;• Prof. J.P. Elhorst for Economics and • Dr E.H. van Leeuwen for IE&B.If students have participated in higher education outside the Netherlands before starting their study in E&BE (IE&B profile) they can apply for an exemption from the compulsory ‘study abroad’ period via the Student Support Desk. If granted, students must contact Dr E.H. van Leeuwen, programme coordinator of IE&B, for a substitute programme.

If students would like to know more about the opportunities for studying abroad, they are welcome to come to the Student Support Desk, or visit the website.

Career prospects

Although graduates have the option to enter the labour market after graduation from the E&BE bachelor, the vast majority of graduates, however, choose to pursue a relevant master. We strongly recommend that they do so. From a professional perspective, requirements are relatively broad and general, both in terms of content and in terms of academic skills and attitude. As part of the programme, guest lecturers are regularly invited to discuss their professional experiences and to explain how their work is related to the specific course topics. Graduates are also made familiar with various aspects of professional practice through a rather intensive and, mostly extra-curricular programme. The student association EBF is very active in organizing workshops, excursions, guest lectures, congresses, projects, etc. In addition, students may come into contact with the profession through FEB Careers Office that offers a large portfolio of short and longer internships.



Programme: BSc Economics and Business Economics/E&BEYear: 1Profile: core programme BSc E&BE

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1 International Business for E&BE EBP808C05 5 C EN1.1 Mathematics for E&BE EBP817B05 5 C EN1.1 Microeconomics for E&BE: Consumers&Firms EBP819B05 5 C EN1.2 Financial Accounting for E&BE EBP802B05 5 C EN1.2 Macroeconomics for E&BE EBP812B05 5 C EN1.2 Mathematics and Data Analysis for E&BE EBP034A05 5 C EN2.1-2 English for E&BE EBP837B05 5 C EN2.1-2 Research Paper for E&BE EBP035A05 5 C EN


26

2.1 Marketing for E&BE EBP033A05 5 C EN2.1 Statistics for E&BE EBP822B05 5 C EN2.2 Asset Pricing and Capital Budgeting EBP032A05 5 C EN2.2 International Economics for E&BE EBP810B05 5 C EN

Programme: BSc Economics and Business Economics/E&BEYear: 2Profile: Business Economics

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1 Foreign Dir. Investment & Trade for E&BE EBB064A05 5 C EN1.1 International Macroeconomics EBB841B05 5 C EN1.1 Matrix Analysis and Optimization EBB066A05 5 C EN1.2 Management Accounting for BE EBB846C05 5 C EN1.2 Microeconomics - Industrial Organization EBB067A05 5 C EN1.2 Operations and Logistics Management EBB068A05 5 C EN2.1 Capital Structure and Financial Planning EBB060A05 5 C EN2.1 Econometrics for BE EBB061A05 5 C EN2.1 Human Resource Management for BE EBB065A05 5 C EN2.2 Economics of Banking EBB062A05 5 C EN2.2 Empirical Research Paper for BE EBB063A05 5 C EN2.2 Philosophy and Ethics of Business EBB069A05 5 C EN

Programme: BSc Economics and Business Economics/E&BEYear: 2Profile: Economics

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1 Foreign Dir. Investment & Trade for E&BE EBB064A05 5 C EN1.1 International Macroeconomics EBB841B05 5 C EN1.1 Matrix Analysis and Optimization EBB066A05 5 C EN1.2 Intermediate Mathematics EBB933B05 5 C EN1.2 Microeconomics - Industrial Organization EBB067A05 5 C EN1.2 Public Finance EBB861A05 5 C EN2.1 Capital Structure and Financial Planning EBB060A05 5 C EN2.1 Econometrics for Economics EBB814A05 5 C EN2.1 Growth, Institutions and Business EBB022A05 5 C EN2.2 Economics of Banking EBB062A05 5 C EN2.2 Empirical Research Paper for Economics EBB020B05 5 C EN2.2 History of Economic Thought EBB934A05 5 C EN

Programme: BSc Economics and Business Economics/E&BEYear: 2Profile: International Economics & Business/IE&B

27


sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1 Foreign Dir. Investment & Trade for E&BE EBB064A05 5 C EN1.1 International Macroeconomics EBB841B05 5 C EN1.1 Matrix Analysis and Optimization EBB066A05 5 C EN1.2 Global Development Studies EBB921B05 5 C EN1.2 International Business Strategy for IE&B EBB023B05 5 C EN1.2 Microeconomics - Industrial Organization EBB067A05 5 C EN2.1 Capital Structure and Financial Planning EBB060A05 5 C EN2.1 Econometrics for IE&B EBB070A05 5 C EN2.1 Growth, Institutions and Business EBB022A05 5 C EN2.2 Economics of Banking EBB062A05 5 C EN2.2 Empirical Research Paper for IE&B EBB071A05 5 C EN2.2 Philosophy and Ethics of Business EBB069A05 5 C EN

Programme: BSc Economics and Business Economics/E&BEYear: 3Profile: Business Economics

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1-21.1-21.1-2

• minor E&BE or• study abroad (= foreign minor) or• university minor

303030

EG AEG AEG A

ENENEN

2.1-2 Bachelor’s Thesis E&BE-BE EBB926C10 10 C EN2.1 Intermediate Asset Pricing EBB084A05 5 C EN2.12.1

• Marketing Research for E&BE or• elective BSc E&BE-BE

EBB085A05 55

EG BEG B

ENEN

2.2 Corporate Finance for E&BE EBB079A05 5 C EN2.22.2

• Financial Statement Analysis for E&BE or• elective BSc E&BE-BE

EBB081A05 55

EG CEG C

ENEN

NB • The study abroad programme (foreign minor) can contain a maximum of 15 EC in non-economic and non-business courses, including no more than one language course in the language of the foreign university (maximum 5 EC). The courses of the study abroad programme must be post-propaedeutic and not overlap with the other courses of the E&BE programme followed by the student.

• Students of profile BE are advised to take the two courses Marketing Research for E&BE and Financial Statement Analysis for E&BE. However, these courses might be replaced by courses from the table electives E&BE-BE.

• The Bachelor’s Thesis E&BE-BE can also be taken in semester 1.1-2.

Programme: BSc Economics and Business Economics/E&BEYear: 3Profile: Economics

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1-21.1-21.1-2

• minor E&BE or• study abroad (= foreign minor) or• university minor

303030

EG AEG AEG A

ENENEN


28

2.1-2 Bachelor’s Thesis E&BE-Economics EBB908B10 10 C EN2.1 Intermediate Macroeconomics EBB842B05 5 C EN2.12.1

• Labour Economics or• elective BSc E&BE-Economics

EBB840A05 55

EG BEG B

ENEN

2.2 Intermediate Microeconomics EBB852B05 5 C EN2.22.2

• Political Economics or• elective BSc E&BE-Economics

EBB886B05 55

EG CEG C

ENEN


• Students of profile Economics are advised to take the two courses Labour Economics and Political Economics. However, these courses might be replaced by courses from the table electives E&BE-Economics.

• The Bachelor’s Thesis E&BE-Economics can also be taken in semester 1.1-2.

Programme: BSc Economics and Business Economics/E&BEYear: 3Profile: International Economics & Business/IE&B

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1-2 study abroad (= foreign minor) 30 C EN2.1-2 Bachelor’s Thesis E&BE-IE&B EBB879B10 10 C EN2.1 Globalization - The Great Unbundlings EBB083A05 5 C EN2.12.1

• Economic Organization Theory or• elective BSc E&BE-IE&B

EBB080A05 55

EG AEG A

ENEN

2.2 Globalization - MNEs & Institutions EBB082A05 5 C EN2.22.2

• Growth and Development Economics or• elective BSc E&BE-BE

EBB811B05 55

EG BEG B

ENEN


• Students of profile IE&B are advised to take the two courses Economic Organization Theory and Growth and Development Economics. However, these courses might be replaced by courses from the table electives E&BE-IE&B.

• The Bachelor’s Thesis E&BE-IE&B can also be taken in semester 1.1-2.

Programme: BSc Economics and Business Economics/E&BEYear: 3Profile: electives E&BE-BE

sem course title code EC C/E lang2.1 Economic Organization Theory EBB080A05 5 E EN2.1 Globalization - The Great Unbundlings EBB083A05 5 E EN

29


2.1 Intermediate Macroeconomics EBB842B05 5 E EN2.1 Labour Economics EBB840A05 5 E EN2.2 Globalization - MNEs & Institutions EBB082A05 5 E EN2.2 Growth and Development Economics EBB811B05 5 E EN2.2 Intermediate Microeconomics EBB852B05 5 E EN2.2 Political Economics EBB886B05 5 E EN

Programme: BSc Economics and Business Economics/E&BEYear: 3Profile: electives E&BE-Economics

sem course title code EC C/E lang2.1 Economic Organization Theory EBB080A05 5 E EN2.1 Globalization - The Great Unbundlings EBB083A05 5 E EN2.1 Intermediate Asset Pricing EBB084A05 5 E EN2.1 Marketing Research for E&BE EBB085A05 5 E EN2.2 Corporate Finance for E&BE EBB079A05 5 E EN2.2 Financial Statement Analysis for E&BE EBB081A05 5 E EN2.2 Globalization - MNEs & Institutions EBB082A05 5 E EN2.2 Growth and Development Economics EBB811B05 5 E EN

Programme: BSc Economics and Business Economics/E&BEYear: 3Profile: electives E&BE-IE&B

sem course title code EC C/E lang2.1 Intermediate Asset Pricing EBB084A05 5 E EN2.1 Intermediate Macroeconomics EBB842B05 5 E EN2.1 Labour Economics EBB840A05 5 E EN2.1 Marketing Research for E&BE EBB085A05 5 E EN2.2 Corporate Finance for E&BE EBB079A05 5 E EN2.2 Financial Statement Analysis for E&BE EBB081A05 5 E EN2.2 Intermediate Microeconomics EBB852B05 5 E EN2.2 Political Economics EBB886B05 5 E EN

Programme: BSc Economics and Business Economics/E&BEYear: 3Profile: Minor E&BE

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1 Behavioural Corporate Finance EBB087A05 5 C EN1.1 Culture and Economics EBB090A05 5 C EN1.1 Globalization - Topics and Methods EBB093A05 5 C EN1.2 Corporate Financial Restructuring EBB088A05 5 C EN


30

1.2 Environmental and Resource Economics EBB898B05 5 C EN1.2 Sports Economics EBB920A05 5 C EN


See section G.1.10 G.1.11. G.1.12, G.1.13 and G.1.14.


Rules and Choices BSc in Economics and Business EconomicsFirst-year information day OctoberEntry requirements for the post-pro-paedeutic phase

• Propaedeutic certificate in Economics and Business Economics.

Provisional entry requirements for (the first year of) the post-propaedeutic phase, during the second year of regis-tration.

Students must have passed the BSA threshold, i.e. earned 45 ECs or more during the first year of regis-tration in the propaedeutic phase. For more information about the Binding Study Ad-vice (BSA): section 5 of the BSc OER and/or section 2.4.2 of the General Information part of this student handbook.

Entry requirements for the post-pro-paedeutic phase for students with a propaedeutic certificate from another degree programme

It is also possible to be admitted to the post-propae-deutic phase with a propaedeutic certificate in • A&C • BE • Business Administration (Bedrijfskunde) • EOR• Economics of Taxation • IB/IB&M once additional requirements have been met. See section 6.5 of the BSc OER.NB Students who wish to transfer to E&BE and have passed one of the propaedeutic examinations men-tioned above, have to register as propaedeutic E&BE student. They will be provisionally admitted to the post-pro-paedeutic phase for a maximum of one year. The pro-visional admittance will be converted into definitive admission as soon as the addititonal requirements have been met.



The ‘study abroad’ programme (foreign minor) can contain no more than 15 ECs in non-economic and non-business courses, including no more than one language courses in the language of the foreign uni-versity of at most 15 ECs.The courses of the foreign minor should be post-pro-paedeutic and must not have a substantial overlap with other courses taken in the E&BE programme.Additionally, students must have completed the first year (propaedeuse) before enrolment at the partner


31


university can take place. It is strongly recommended to complete most of the second year before leaving. See also the FEB intranet.





N.B. This regulation applies to all students registered for the degree programme.

Approval of the Bachelor’s programme Apply via Progress, no later than 6 weeks before starting the Bachelor’s thesis. See the information on the FEB intranet.

Master’s information days November and MarchFollow-on Master’s degree programmes • MSc in Finance

• MSc in Economics• MSc in International Economics & Business• MSc in Business Administration• MSc in Human Resource Management• MSc in International Business & Management• MSc in International Financial Management• MSc in Marketing• MSc in Supply Chain Management• MSc in Technology and Operations Management• MSc in Teaching Economics and Business

Studies (in Dutch) For admission to other Master’s programmes: submit an application to the Admissions Board.


• Bachelor’s degree in E&BE (for MSc Finance preferably with specialization Business Economics), (for MSc Economics preferably with specialization Economics), (for MSC IE&B preferably with specialization IE&B), and

• (for the English taught Master’s programmes:) sufficient command of English.

Starting dates for the follow-on Mas-ter’s degree programmes

1 September and 1 February.

http://myuniversity.rug.nl/infonet/studenten/feb/studyandcareeradvice/study-progress/bachelor/minoren



32

A.6. BSc Fiscale Economie


Opleidingscoördinator: mw. mr. M.C. Christen-Schiere, [email protected], (050) 363 3763

Studieadvies: Study Support Desk, http://www.rug.nl/feb/education/support/bachelorstudent

Taal: Nederlands

De bacheloropleiding Fiscale Economie wordt per 31 augustus 2016 opgeheven. Instromen als nieuwe student in de bacheloropleiding Fiscale Economie is niet meer mogelijk; evenmin als herinschrijven na een tijdelijke uitschrijving.

Het reguliere programma van de bacheloropleiding Fiscale Economie wordt niet meer aangeboden. In 2013-2014 is het derde jaar voor het laatst verzorgd. In 2014-2015 wordt enkel het vak ‘Bachelorafstudeerwerkstuk FE’ nog éénmaal aangeboden (zie de substitutieregeling) en worden er verder alleen hertentamens afgenomen voor vakken van het derde jaar.

Studenten die de bacheloropleiding Fiscale Economie nog niet hebben afgerond, hebben tot 31 augustus 2016 de mogelijkheid om de opleiding alsnog af te ronden. Met afronden wordt bedoeld dat alle vakken met een voldoende moeten zijn afgerond en dat in ProgRESS.WWW een programmagoedkeuring moet zijn toegekend. Na 31 augustus 2016 kan de bacheloropleiding Fiscale Economie niet meer worden afgerond.

De meeste vakken van de bacheloropleiding Fiscale Economie worden niet meer aangeboden. In de subsitutieregelingen wordt aangegeven door welke vakken deze vervangen kunnen worden.

De inhoud en de substitutieregelingen van de bacheloropleiding Fiscale Economie zijn terug te vinden in de volgende studiegidsen:• Inhoud propedeuse studiegids 2011-2012 • Inhoud tweede studiejaar studiegids 2012-2013• Inhoud derde studiejaar studiegids 2013-2014• Substitutieregelingen propedeuse studiegids 2012-2013• Substitutieregelingen tweede studiejaar studiegids 2013-2014• Substitutieregelingen derde studiejaar studiegids 2014-2015, paragraaf G.1.15.• Regels en keuzes studiegids 2013-2014


mailto:m.c.christen%40rug.nl?subject=


33


A.7. BSc International Business


Programme Director: Dr. B. Los, [email protected], (050) 363 7317

Programme Coordinator: H.A. Ritsema LLM, [email protected], (050) 363 3844

Information: Ms R. van Est, [email protected], (050) 363 6692

Secretary: Ms S. Luijken, [email protected], (050) 363 3458


Language: English

Content

The BSc International Business is an interdisciplinary academic programme with a focus on practical issues. It aims to provide a solid academic grounding in the functioning of and interventions in organizations that operate in various countries and cultures. Students learn to combine general business management within the international context of the organizations. Students gain knowledge and understanding of general business and management, the main areas of international business and management and research methodology. Students learn to apply an interdisciplinary and integral approach in defining, analysing and solving problems in multinational organizations. In addition, students learn how to conduct research that complies with scientific standards in management and academia. Instruction in the language and social communication skills that are necessary for operating in an international and intercultural context is also given. Upon completion of the programme, graduates can opt for an academic career by continuing with a Master’s programme or take up a position in (multinational) corporations or (international) governmental organizations.

First and Second year

The programme provides an introduction into elementary theories and concepts that are relevant in the field. In general, seven areas in which students need basic knowledge and skills are distinguished. These are: • Organization Theory: an introduction into theories and concepts of organization

structures and processes. Students learn to consider organizational design and organizational change both in local companies as well as in multinational companies. Students are introduced to scientific theories about these issues and are trained to apply concepts to practical situations.

• International Management and Economics: multinational companies have to constantly consider existing business opportunities and related strategic choices. Students are introduced to the basics of (International) Economics in such a manner that they understand the relevant economic concepts of the international environment. Additionally, by studying relevant concepts within the area of Strategic Management, students will learn how companies are able to operate in this context.

mailto:b.los%40rug.nl?subject=

mailto:h.a.ritsema%40rug.nl?subject=

mailto:r.van.est%40rug.nl?subject=

mailto:ib.feb%40rug.nl?subject=



34

• International Finance and Accounting: students study the financial aspects of organizing and related aspects of Accounting and Control, with special attention to the extra complexity of these issues within multinational enterprises.

• International Business Law: in their international endeavours, companies often run into complicated legal problems on different levels. Basic knowledge of such issues is essential.

• Research Methodology and Statistics: students learn to conduct research that complies with scientific rules both in management and in academia. Courses in this cluster teach them how to think systematically and draw scientifically sound conclusions on the issues that they have studied. This is a must if they have ambitions in management and consultancy as well as in academia.

• Language and Intercultural Communication Skills: language and communication skills are very important for people who intend to operate in the international arena. In the first year an English language course improves the written, oral communication and presentation skills. During the study abroad in the third year students can choose a second (and third) foreign language.

• Ethics: students learn numerous ways to actively engage with ethical issues and dilemmas.

Additionally, there is a set of courses dealing with more functional areas such as International Marketing and Information Technology.

Preparing studies abroad in the first and second year

During the second Bachelor year, students need to prepare for their study abroad in the third year. To enrol at a foreign university, students must have completed their first year. Please, read the relevant parts in this Student Handbook about the Rules & Regulations on Study Abroad carefully. In the first year a workshop is organized to give information about the study abroad programme.

Third year

Bachelor students studying International Business spend one semester of the third year of their programme abroad. The programme in the third year during the ‘home’ semester consists of the following core courses: Managing International Business Organizations Game, International Financial Management, Empirical Research Paper and International Strategic Management. Additionally, students write their Bachelor’s thesis in this semester.As indicated above, to be eligible to apply for one of the Faculty’s exchange programmes, students must have completed the first year. It is strongly recommended that (most of) the second year has also been completed by the time they leave in order to be able to take courses at the required level during their study abroad. Please note that, if students want to study at a university that does not offer courses in English, the preparation to attain the required language skills (e.g. French, German or Spanish) will exceed the credits of the mandatory courses of the first and/or second year. Please refer to FEB-infonet for further details.If students have participated in higher education outside the Netherlands before starting their studies in IB, they can apply for an exemption from the ‘study abroad’ period at the Board of Examiners. If granted, students must contact the programme director for IB, for a substitute programme.

35


Double degree programmes

The BSc International Business offers the following Double Degree programmes:• with the Universitas Indonesia in Jakarta, Indonesia and• with the Universitas Gadjah Mada in Yogyakarta, Indonesia.These double degree programmes are only offered to students who start in Indonesia and complete their Bachelor studies at the University of Groningen.

Career prospects

When graduates have completed their Bachelor programme, they have all the tools they need to continue in a Master’s degree programme or to develop in a wide range of business management careers in international, multinational or transnational companies. Many companies and organizations offer traineeships and junior positions which introduce graduates to the different types of activities. The specific direction chosen varies according to interests and includes positions with an obvious international dimension such as Export Manager, International Marketer, or International Sales Manager.Furthermore, positions such as Product Manager, Treasury Manager, Human Resource Manager and Management Development Officer are important options. The programme also provides the skills, knowledge and expertise appropriate to a management career in a non-profit organization setting, such as the health care industry, the cultural and entertainment sector or non-governmental organizations. Finally, graduates could consider continuing their career within the academic field, given their rigorous training in the latest developments in this area.



Programme: BSc International Business/IBYear: 1

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1-2 English for IB EBP665C05 5 C EN1.1-2 Introduction to International Business EBP003A05 5 C EN1.1 Global Supply Chain Management EBP018A05 5 C EN1.1 Organizational Structure EBP670C05 5 C EN1.2 Financial Accounting for IB EBP030A05 5 C EN1.2 Organizational Behaviour for IB EBP654D05 5 C EN2.1 Economics for IB EBP660C05 5 C EN2.1 International Marketing for IB EBP661C05 5 C EN2.1 Statistics I for IB EBP657C05 5 C EN2.2 International Business Environment EBP031A05 5 C EN2.2 Management Accounting for IB EBP017B05 5 C EN2.2 Research Methodology for IB EBP662C05 5 C EN


36


sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1 Finance and Risk Management for IB EBB631B05 5 C EN1.1 Foreign Dir. Investment, Trade & Geogr. EBB037A05 5 C EN1.1 Information Systems Management EBB632A05 5 C EN1.2 CrossCultural Management EBB036A05 5 C EN1.2 Global Business History EBB038B05 5 C EN1.2 Statistics II for IB EBB682B05 5 C EN2.1 Comparative Country Studies EBB686A05 5 C EN2.1 Innovation Management in Multinationals EBB034A05 5 C EN2.1 Qualitative Research Methods for IB EBB633B05 5 C EN2.2 Ethics and International Business EBB608B05 5 C EN2.2 Global Political Economy EBB039B05 5 C EN2.2 International Business Law EBB635B05 5 C EN


sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1-2 study abroad (= foreign minor) 30 C EN2.1-2 Bachelor’s Thesis IB EBB737B10 10 C EN2.1 Empirical Research Project for IB EBB044A05 5 C EN2.1 International Strategic Management EBB628A05 5 C EN2.2 International Financial Management EBB627A05 5 C EN2.2 Managing Intern. Bus. Organizations Game EBB638B05 5 C EN

NB • The courses of semester II can also be taken in semester I, the study abroad can also be taken in semester II.

• The study abroad programme (foreign minor) can contain a maximum of 15 EC in non-economic and non-business courses, including 10 EC of language courses.


See Section G.1.16.


Rules and choices BSc in International BusinessEntry requirements for the post-propaedeutic phase

• Propaedeutic certificate in International Business.

Provisional entry requirements for the post-propaedeutic phase, during the second year of registration

Students must have passed the BSA threshold, i.e. earned 45 ECs or more during the first year of registration in the propaedeutic phase.

37


For more information about the Binding Study Advice (BSA): section 5 of the BSc OER and/or section 2.4.2 of the General Information part of this student handbook.

Entry requirements for the post-propaedeutic phase for students with a propaedeutic certificate from another degree programme

It is also possible to be admitted to the post-propaedeutic phase with a propaedeutic certificate in • A&C • BE • Business Administration • E&BE• Economics of Taxation • Technology Management once additional requirements have been met.See section 6.7 of the BSc OER.NB• Students who want to transfer to the post-

propaedeutic phase of IB are advised to stay registered in the degree programme they obtained their propaedeutic diploma, until they have satisfied the additional requirements.

• Those wishing to transfer sooner to IB must register as a propaedeutic student with IB and as such they will come under the fixed quota regulation for IB.

In case of doubt or questions, please contact the admissions office ([email protected]).


See the course descriptions in Ocasys.

The ‘study abroad’ programme (foreign minor) can contain a maximum of 15 ECs in non-economic and non-business courses, including 10 ECs of language courses.Additionally, students must have completed the first year (propedeuse) before enrolment at the partner university can take place. It is strongly recommended to complete most of the second year before leaving. See also the FEB intranet.





For students who take part in de double degree programme with Universitas Gadjah Mada or Universitas Indonesia the entry requirements are:• the Bachelor’s programme has been approvedand• ≥ 40 ECs from the compulsory courses in

Groningen (including exemptions) have been earned.


http://myuniversity.rug.nl/infonet/studenten/feb/studyandcareeradvice/study-progress/bachelor/minoren


38

Approval of the Bachelor’s programme Apply via Progress, no later than 6 weeks before starting the Bachelor’s thesis. See the information on the FEB intranet.

Master’s information days November and MarchFollow-on Master’s degree programmes

• • MSc in International Business & Management• MSc in Business Administration• MSc in Finance

(with completed SC Finance (EBB881A10) or Intermediate Asset Pricing (EBB084A05) and Corporate Finance for E&BE (EBB079A05))

• MSc in Human Resource Management• MSc in International Economics and Business• MSc in International Financial Management• MSc in Marketing,• MSc in Supply Chain Management• MSc in Technology and Operations Management• MSc in Teaching Economics and Business

Studies (in Dutch)For admission to other Master’s programmes:submit an application to the Admissions Board.


• Bachelor’s degree in International Business and• (for the English-taught Master’s programmes):

sufficient command of English.Starting dates for the follow-on Master’s degree programmes



39


A.8. BSc Technologiemanagement

Opleidingsdirecteur: dr. J. Riezebos, [email protected], (050) 363 4853

Opleidingscoördinator: mw. dr. G.C. Ruël, [email protected], (050) 363 7314

Secretariaat: mw. N. van de Beek, [email protected], (050) 363 3921


Taal: Nederlands

De bacheloropleiding Technologiemanagement wordt per 31 augustus 2016 opgeheven. Instromen als nieuwe student in de bacheloropleiding Technologiemanagement is niet meer mogelijk; evenmin als herinschrijven na een tijdelijke uitschrijving.

Het reguliere programma van de bacheloropleiding Technologiemanagement wordt niet meer aangeboden. In 2013-2014 is het derde jaar voor het laatst verzorgd. In 2014-2015 wordt enkel het vak ‘Productieplanning en -beheersing’’ nog eenmaal aangeboden (zie de substitutieregeling) en worden er verder alleen hertentamens afgenomen voor vakken van het derde jaar..

Studenten die de bacheloropleiding Technologiemanagement nog niet hebben afgerond, hebben tot 31 augustus 2016 de mogelijkheid om de opleiding alsnog af te ronden. Met afronden wordt bedoeld dat alle vakken met een voldoende moeten zijn afgerond en dat in ProgRESS.WWW een programmagoedkeuring moet zijn toegekend. Na 31 augustus 2016 kan de bacheloropleiding Technologiemanagement niet meer worden afgerond.

De meeste vakken van de bacheloropleiding Technologiemanagement worden niet meer aangeboden. In de subsitutieregelingen wordt aangegeven door welke vakken deze vervangen kunnen worden.De inhoud en de substitutieregelingen van de bacheloropleiding Technologiemanagement zijn terug te vinden in de volgende studiegidsen:• Inhoud propedeuse studiegids 2011-2012 • Inhoud tweede studiejaar studiegids 2012-2013• Inhoud derde studiejaar studiegids 2013-2014• Substitutieregelingen propedeuse studiegids 2012-2013• Substitutieregelingen tweede studiejaar studiegids 2013-2014• Substitutieregelingen derde studiejaar studiegids 2014-2015, paragrafen G.1.17,

G.1.18 en G.1.19.• Regels en keuzes studiegids 2013-2014

mailto:j.riezebos%40rug.nl?subject=

mailto:g.c.ruel%40rug.nl?subject=

mailto:n.van.de.beek%40rug.nl?subject=



40

A.9. Verbreding binnen de bacheloropleiding / Additional options within the Bachelor’s degree

A.9.1. Minoren

Bij een groot aantal studierichtingen binnen de RUG dient naast de hoofdstudie ook een minor gevolgd te worden. Bij FEB bestaat die verplichting voor studenten die in september 2008 of later met de studie zijn begonnen. Voor studenten die eerder met hun opleiding zijn begonnen geldt een overgangsregeling. Een minor omvat 30 EC en wordt in principe in het eerste semester van het derde jaar gevolgd.

Binnen de RUG worden drie soorten minoren onderscheiden:• universitaire minor. Een universitaire minor is een minor die buiten het vakgebied

van de bedrijfskunde en de economie ligt en door een andere faculteit van de RUG wordt aangeboden. Doel van de universitaire minor is studenten in staat te stellen hun blikveld te verbreden door over de grenzen van het eigen vakgebied heen te kijken. Het aanbod aan universitaire minoren wordt elk voorjaar bekend gemaakt en is te vinden op de RUG-website. Minoren aangeboden door de Faculteit Economie en Bedrijfskunde kunnen niet worden opgevoerd als universitaire minor.

• facultaire minor. Uitgangspunt van de facultaire minor is dat studenten zich verder moeten kunnen verdiepen in één of meerdere deelgebieden van het bedrijfskundig-economisch vakgebied. Een facultaire minor heeft dus het karakter van een specialisatie. Een overzicht van de vakken die in het kader van een facultaire minor gevolgd mogen worden is te vinden bij het programmaoverzicht van de eigen opleiding.

• buitenlandminor. Naast een universitaire of facultaire minor kunnen studenten ook opteren voor een buitenlandminor. Dit betekent dat studenten in het eerste semester van het derde jaar voor 30 EC aan vakken aan een buitenlandse universiteit kunnen volgen. Een buitenlandminor is bedoeld voor studenten die tijdens hun studie ervaringen willen opdoen met wonen en studeren in het buitenland. De Faculteit Economie en Bedrijfskunde heeft daartoe een groot aantal samenwerkingscontracten afgesloten met universiteiten in het buitenland.

De verplichting een minor te volgen geldt niet voor alle opleidingen van FEB. Per opleiding met een minor zijn de regels als volgt:• Studenten van de bacheloropleidingen Bedrijfskunde en Bedrijfseconomie

kunnen kiezen uit alle drie de soorten minoren. Het is niet toegestaan delen van verschillende minoren met elkaar te combineren.

• Studenten van de nieuwe bacheloropleiding E&BE (die gestart is in september 2012) met het profiel Business Economics of het profiel Economics kunnen kiezen uit alle drie de soorten minoren. Het is niet toegestaan delen van verschillende minoren met elkaar te combineren.

• Studenten van de vorige bacheloropleiding E&BE-profiel Economics hebben de keuze uit een facultaire minor of een buitenlandminor.

• Studenten van de (nieuwe of vorige) bacheloropleiding E&BE-profiel IE&B zijn verplicht een buitenlandminor te volgen.

• Studenten van de opleiding International Business zijn verplicht een buitenlandminor te volgen.

• Studenten van de bacheloropleidingen A&C, EOR, FE, en TM hoeven geen minor te volgen. Wel mogen EOR-studenten één semester van hun opleiding vervangen door studie in het buitenland, waarbij het vakkenpakket goedgekeurd moet zijn door de opleidingsdirecteur.

41


Meer informatie over minoren, de toelatingseisen en spelregels is o.a. te vinden op de RUG-website. Voor informatie over alles wat de buitenlandminor betreft kun je terecht op het FEB-Infonet. Verder hebben de opleidingen Bedrijfskunde en Bedrijfseconomie een uitgebreide minorhandleiding samengesteld, die te vinden is op de Nestorsite van de BSc Bedrijfskunde c.q. de BSc Bedrijfseconomie.

A.9.2. Bachelor Honoursprogramma

De universiteit kent het Honours College, dat een aanvullend programma op de bacheloropleiding aanbiedt voor gemotiveerde en geïnteresseerde studenten die een extra uitdaging in hun studie willen. Als je het Bachelor Honoursprogramma met succes voltooit, krijg je een honours-certificaat. Zo kun je gemakkelijker toelating krijgen tot bepaalde masteropleidingen. Bovendien geldt het als een sterk punt op je CV. Binnen het programma werk je in kleine groepen en word je intensief begeleid door enthousiaste docenten. Het Bachelor Honoursprogramma van FEB is Engelstalig.Als je vanuit FEB tot het Bachelor Honoursprogramma wordt toegelaten volg je de gewone vakken van de bachelor van jouw keuze. Daarnaast volg je speciale honours workshops en vakken waarbij zowel onderzoek als praktijk op het gebied van economie en/of bedrijfskunde uitgebreid aan bod komen. Ook organiseer je samen met medestudenten gastcolleges, bedrijfsbezoeken en andere activiteiten. Tot slot volg je samen met honours studenten van andere faculteiten een aantal verbredende vakken die speciaal voor honours studenten zijn ontwikkeld. Het Honours Bachelor programma begint in het tweede semester van het eerste jaar en je volgt het in combinatie met je reguliere bachelorprogramma. Voor toelating geldt een selectieprocedure. Kijk voor meer informatie op de RUG-website.

A.9.3. Introductie Lerarenopleiding

Het communicatieve aspect wint aan belang in de beroepsuitoefening van economen en bedrijfskundigen: samenwerken, presenteren, scholing, overtuigen, uitleggen, instrueren zijn belangrijke competenties voor een econoom of bedrijfskundige. Het is belangrijk om te weten wat je eigen competenties zijn en hoe je deze verder kunt ontwikkelen. In het bachelorprogramma kun je deelnemen aan de cursus ‘Introductie Lerarenopleiding (al dan niet als extra vak) waarin al deze facetten diepgaand en op maat behandeld worden. Je gaat aan de slag met je eigen leerwensen. Het is een cursus van 5 EC, die in semester 1.2 wordt aangeboden.Meer informatie over de cursus Introductie Lerarenopleiding kun je vinden in Ocasys. Je kunt ook contact opnemen met Nanda Stijntjes of Louwrens Wouda (tel.: (050) 363 3738, e-mail: [email protected] of [email protected]).

A.9.4. Minors

A large number of degree programmes at the University of Groningen comprise both a Major and a Minor. This applies to students who started a FEB degree programme in September 2008 or later. There are transitional regulations for students who started their studies earlier. A Minor comprises 30 ECs and is in principle taken in the first semester of the third year.

The University offers three types of Minors:• University Minor. A University Minor is one offered outside the field of Economics

and Business and is offered by a different Faculty of the University of Groningen. The aim of a University Minor is to enable students to broaden their expertise by


42

venturing beyond the borders of their own field. The range of University Minors will be announced each spring and can be found on the University website. Minors offered by the Faculty of Economics and Business may not be chosen as a University Minor.

• Faculty Minor. The idea behind a Faculty Minor is that students can deepen their knowledge of one or more of the subfields of business and economics. A Faculty Minor is thus a specialization. An overview of the Faculty Minors that can be taken can be found in the list of courses in the degree programme.

• Foreign Minor. In addition to University or Faculty Minors, students can opt for a Foreign Minor. This means that students in the first semester of the third year can take courses with a study load of 30 ECs at a foreign university. A Foreign Minor is intended for students who want to gain international experience by studying abroad. To facilitate the Foreign Minor, the Faculty of Economics and Business has signed a large number of cooperation agreements with universities abroad.

The obligation to take a Minor does not apply to all FEB degree programmes. The regulations for each degree programme with a Minor are as follows:• Students of the Bachelor’s degree programmes in Business Administration and

Business Economics may choose any of the three types of Minor. It is not possible to combine parts of different Minors with each other.

• Students of the new Bachelor’s degree programme in E&BE (which started in September 2012) with a profile Business Economics or profile Economics may choose any of the three types of Minor. It is not allowed to combine parts of different Minors.

• Students of the old Bachelor’s degree programme in E&BE – profile Economics may choose either a Faculty Minor or a Foreign Minor.

• Students of the (new or old) Bachelor’s degree programme E&BE - profile IE&B must follow a Foreign Minor.

• Students of the Bachelor’s degree programme International Business must follow a Foreign Minor.

• Students of the Bachelor’s degree programmes in A&C, EOR, FE and TM do not have to take a Minor at all. However, EOR students may spend one semester of their degree programme abroad on condition that the cluster of subjects has been approved by the programme director.

More information about Minors, admission requirements and rules can be found on the University website. For more information about a Foreign Minor, please go to the FEB infonet. In addition, the degree programmes in Business Administration and Business Economics have compiled an extensive Minor Manual, which can be found on the Nestor site of the BSc in Business Administration or the BSc in Business Economics respectively.

A.9.5. Bachelor’s Honours programme

The University has an Honours College, which offers additional courses alongside the Bachelor programme for a selected group of students who are looking for extra challenges in their studies. Completing the Bachelor’s Honours programme successfully results in a separate honours degree certificate. This improves the chances to be admitted to Master’s programmesand of course, it is also an asset to a CV. The programme is set up in small groups with intensive supervision by enthusiastic lecturers. The FEB Bachelor’s Honours programme is in English.

43


When students are admitted to the Bachelor’s Honours programme as an FEB student, they follow the standard courses in the Bachelor of their choice. In addition, students attend special honours workshops and courses that deal extensively with both research and practice in the field of economics and/or business. Together with their fellow students, they will organize and participate in guest lectures, company visits and other activities. Finally, together with honours students from other Faculties, students will take a number of courses that have been developed especially for honours students. The Bachelor’s Honours programme starts in the second semester of the first year and is combined with the regular Bachelor’s programme. To be admitted students go through a selection procedure. For more information, visit the University website.


44

B. Schakelprogramma’s (Nederlandstalig)

B.1. Schakelprogramma’s Accountancy en Controlling

B.1.1. Programmabeschrijving

Opleidingsdirecteur: dr. E.P. Jansen- [email protected], (050) 363 6382

Opleidingscoördinator: mw. I.M. Luttmer-Noest, [email protected] , (050) 363 3768

Secretariaat: mw. E.H. van der Voort-Toisuta, [email protected] , (050) 363 3768

Studieadviseur: Student Support Desk, http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/premaster

Taal: Nederlands

Inhoud

De schakelprogramma’s Accountancy en Controlling geven toegang tot de reguliere masteropleiding Accountancy en Controlling. Het programma van 30 (voor studenten met een HBO-diploma Accountancy, inclusief Overall Toets) of 60 studiepunten (voor studenten met een HBO-BE-diploma of HBO-Accountancy zonder Overall Toets) is bedoeld om je kennis en vaardigheden bij te brengen op het niveau van de reguliere bacheloropleiding Accountancy en Controlling. Het programma richt zich op het verwerven van wetenschappelijke kennis, vaardigheden en inzicht op het gebied van de economie, bedrijfskunde, accountancy en controlling. De nadruk ligt daarbij op de betrouwbaarheid van informatie voor de besturing van organisaties en voor het afleggen van verantwoording over het gevoerde beleid aan de interne en externe stakeholders. Daarvoor is kennis vereist van en inzicht in de vakgebieden organisatie en management, financial accounting, management accounting, internal control en recht. Daarnaast is aandacht vereist voor wetenschappelijke methoden en technieken en academische en praktische vaardigheden. Het programma stimuleert een analytische en kritische benadering van meestal interdisciplinaire organisatieproblemen en ontwikkelt kennis en vaardigheden om tot implementeerbare oplossingen te komen.

Carrièreperspectieven

Het schakelprogramma Accountancy en Controlling biedt primair de basis voor een masteropleiding Accountancy en Controlling en de daarop aansluitende (theoretische) postinitiële opleidingen voor Registeraccountant (Executive Master of Accountancy) respectievelijk Registercontroller (Executive Master of Finance and Control), die worden aangeboden door de Faculteit Economie en Bedrijfskunde. Gelet op het brede bedrijfswetenschappelijke profiel, biedt het certificaat Accountancy en Controlling je ook diverse mogelijkheden voor functies in profit- en non profit-organisaties. Hierbij moet in eerste instantie worden gedacht aan uitvoerende en ondersteunende functies op financieel-administratief gebied, zoals (bedrijfs)administrateur, assistent-controller, financieel-administratief beleidsmedewerker e.d.



mailto:e.h.van.der.voort-toisuta%40rug.nl?subject=

http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/premaster

45

Schakelprogramma’s (Nederlandstalig)

B.1.2. Overzicht studieprogramma


Opleiding: Pre-Master programma’s (Nederlandstalig)Studiejaar: 1Profiel: Pre-MSc A&C voor HBO-AC

sem vaknaam vakcode EC V/K taal1.1 Corporate Governance A&C EBB099A05 5 V NL

1.1 Finance for EOR EBP801B05 5 V EN1.1 Financial Statement Analysis for A&C EBB116A05 5 V EN1.2 Business Research Methods for Pre-MSc EBS001A10 10 V EN1.2 Management Control A&C EBB102A05 5 V NL

Opleiding: Pre-Master programma’s (Nederlandstalig)Studiejaar: 1Profiel: Pre-MSc A&C voor HBO-BE

sem vaknaam vakcode EC V/K taal1.1 Corporate Governance A&C EBB099A05 5 V NL1.1 Financial Statement Analysis for A&C EBB116A05 5 V EN1.1 Management Control A&C EBB102A05 5 V NL1.2 Belastingrecht 2 RGMFI00406 5 V NL1.2 Business Research Methods for Pre-MSc EBS001A10 10 V EN2.1 Financial and Actuarial Calculus EBB822B05 5 V NL2.1 Financial Reporting and Consolidation EBB047A05 5 V NL2.1 Ondernemingsrecht A&C EBB901C05 5 V NL2.2 Accounting Information Systems A&C EBB096A05 5 V NL2.2 Financiering A&C EBB823C05 5 V NL2.2 Introduction to Auditing EBB049A05 5 V NL

B.1.3. Regels en keuzes

Regels en keuzes HBO-schakelprogramma’s A&CIngangseisen schakelprogramma’s • •voor Pre-MSc A&C voor HBO-AC (30 EC):

diploma HBO-AC plus voldoende resultaat voor de Overall Toets (OAT)

• voor Pre-MSc A&C voor HBO-BE (60 EC): diploma HBO-Bedrijfseconomie

of • diploma HBO-AC zonder voldoende resultaat

voor de Overall Toets (OAT)


46

Geldigheidsduur toelating tot schakelprogramma’s

• voor Pre-MSc A&C voor HBO-AC (30 EC): 1 jaar. Verlenging is niet mogelijk. Het programma moet in 1 jaar afgerond zijn.

• voor Pre-MSc A&C voor HBO-BE (60 EC): 1 jaar; verlenging met maximaal 1 jaar is mogelijk als in het eerste jaar minimaal 50 EC van het programma is afgerond.

Zie ook art. 2.8 van de BSc-OER.Ingangseisen bachelorafstudeerwerkstuk

• Pre-MSc A&C voor HBO-AC (30 EC): n.v.t• Pre-MSc A&C voor HBO-BE (60 EC):

◦ het schakelprogramma is goedge-keurd en ◦ Business Research Methods for

Pre-MSc (EBS001A10) is afgerond.Goedkeuring vakkenpakket Aanvragen via Progress, uiterlijk 6 weken vóór de

start van het bachelorafstudeerwerkstuk. Zie ook de informatie op FEB infonet.Na afronding van het schakelprogramma ontvangt men een certificaat van toelating tot de master A&C.

Mastervoorlichting November en maart, met informatie over de twee profielen.

Doorstroommaster MSc Accountancy en ControllingToelatingseis doorstroommaster • afgerond schakelprogramma Accountancy &

ControllingInstroommoment(en) doorstroommasters

1 september en 1 februari

.


47

Schakelprogramma’s (Nederlandstalig)

B.2. Schakelprogramma Technology and Operations Management (NL)

Het Nederlandstalige schakelprogramma Technology and Operations Management wordt per september 2014 niet meer gegeven. Er is wel een substitutieregeling, zie G.1.21.

B.2.1. Regels en keuzes

Kijk voor de ‘Regels en keuzes’ van het schakelprogramma Technology and Operations Mnagement in de studiegids 2013-2014.


48

C. Pre-Master’s programmes (English)

C.1. Introduction

Programme Director: Dr P. P. M. Smid, [email protected], (050) 363 3668

Programme Coordinator: Dr C.A. Huijgen, [email protected], (050) 363 7206

Admissions and study advisors: Student Support Desk, http://www.rug.nl/feb/education/support/premaster

Language: English

Content

The Master of Science programmes are one-year (60 ECs) degree programmes at the Faculty of Economics and Business (FEB) and taught in English. There are nine different MSc programmes for which we offer English-taught Pre-MSc programmes in 2014-2015:• Business Administration;• Finance; • Human Resource Management; • International Business and Management;• International Financial Management;• International Economics and Business;• Marketing; • Supply Chain Management and• Technology and Operations Management.

The MSc Business Administration is subdivided into 4 profiles: ‘Change Management’, ‘Organizational & Management Control’, ‘Small Business & Entrepreneurship’ ‘Strategic Innovation Management’.

The Pre-MSc programme is especially intended for students with a Bachelor’s degree of one of the NVAO accredited HBO programmes with a study load of 240 ECs. It prepares them for one of the above listed MSc programmes. The Pre-MSc programme is also open to students with an accredited academic Bachelor’s degree, who do not immediately qualify for one of these MSc programmes, either from the Netherlands or abroad.

After passing the 1-year Pre-MSc programme, graduates will be issued with a ‘proof of admission’ granting them admission to the Master of Science that belongs to the chosen Pre-MSc programme.

The Pre-MSc programme comprises a fixed, non master-specific core of 25 ECs, 15 of which will be offered in the first semester. There are also 35 ECs available for Master-specific courses: 15 in the first semester and 20 in the second. A ‘Research paper for Pre-MSc’ of 10 ECs, offered in the second semester, is part of the programme. To be allowed to participate in this course ‘Research paper for Pre-MSc’, students need to have passed ‘Mathematics for Pre-MSc’ and ‘Business Research Methods for Pre-MSc’.

If, at the end of the academic year, students have not completed the full programme, but have obtained at least 50 ECs, -they are not admitted to the MSc. However, they may continue in the Pre-MSc in the following year. After they have finished the remaining


mailto:c.a.huijgen%40rug.nl?subject=

http://www.rug.nl/feb/education/support/premaster

49

Pre-Master’s programmes (English)

course(s) successfully, they will be admitted to the MSc.

If students have obtained less than 50 ECs by the end of the academic year, they failed the Pre-MSc programme and cannot continue with this programme. If they still want to take the MSc (specialization), then they will have to register for the related FEB Bachelor’s degree. Failed Pre-MSc students may request exemptions on the basis of earlier training or experience for the courses that they did pass during their Pre-MSc year from the Board of Examiners.

Programme structure

The programme is as follows:

Period Course EC1.1 Mathematics for Pre-MSc 5

Master-specific courses 101.2 Business Research Methods for Pre-MSc 10

Master-specific courses 52.1-2 Research paper for Pre-MSc 102.1 Master-specific courses 102.2 Master-specific courses 10

Additional information about each Pre-MSC programme can be found in C.2, C.3,C.4, C.5, C.6, C.7, C.8, C.9, C.10. If students have successfully complied with all the requirements/courses of the Pre-MSc, they can take the Master, without restriction.

Career prospects

Graduates may acquire a range of staff positions and more general management positions after obtaining their Master’s degree. Depending on the chosen programme, these include jobs in the field of general management, financial management, marketing management (e.g. product manager), production and logistics (e.g. purchasing manager), quality control (e.g. quality manager), human resource management, international business, international economics and organizational consultancy.

C.2. Pre-MSc Business Administration

The Pre-MSc Business Administration (BA) consists of four different profiles: Change Management, Organizational & Management Control (O&MC), Small Business & Entrepreneurship (SB&E) and Strategic Innovation Management ( SIM):

C.2.1. Pre-MSc Change Management



50

Programme: Pre-MSc Programmes (English)Year: 1Profile: Pre-MSc BA Change Management

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1 Information Systems Management EBB632A05 5 C EN1.1 Mathematics for Pre-MSc EBS002A05 5 C EN1.1 Organization Theory & Design for Pre-MSc EBS003A05 5 C EN1.2 Business Research Methods for Pre-MSc EBS001A10 10 C EN1.2 Organizational Change for Pre-MSc EBB634B05 5 C EN2.1-2 Research Paper for Pre-MSc BA CM EBS006A10 10 C EN2.1 Human Resource Management B&M EBB617B05 5 C EN2.1 Work Organization and Job Design EBB601B05 5 C EN2.2 Ethics and International Business EBB608B05 5 C EN2.2 Strategic Management B&M EBB649C05 5 C EN

C.2.2. Pre- MSc BA - Organizational & Management Control


Programme: Pre-MSc Programmes (English)Year: 1Profile: Pre-MSc BA Organizational & Management Control/O&MC

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1 Financial Accounting for Pre-MSc EBS018A05 5 C EN1.1 Mathematics for Pre-MSc EBS002A05 5 C EN1.1 Organization Theory & Design for Pre-MSc EBS003A05 5 C EN1.2 Business Research Methods for Pre-MSc EBS001A10 10 C EN1.2 Management Accounting for BE EBB846C05 5 C EN2.1-2 Research Paper for Pre-MSc BA O&MC EBS009A10 10 C EN2.1 Ethics in Business and Management EBB100A05 5 C EN

2.1 Human Resource Management B&M EBB617B05 5 C EN2.2 Asset Pricing and Capital Budgeting EBP032A05 5 C EN2.2 Strategic Management B&M EBB649C05 5 C EN

C.2.3. Pre-MSc BA - Small Business & Entrepreneurship


51


Programme: Pre-MSc Programmes (English)Year: 1Profile: Pre-MSc BA Small Business & Entrepreneurship/SB&E

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1 Entrepreneurship B&M/TM EBB106A05 5 C EN1.1 Mathematics for Pre-MSc EBS002A05 5 C EN1.1 Organization Theory & Design for Pre-MSc EBS003A05 5 C EN1.2 Business Research Methods for Pre-MSc EBS001A10 10 C EN1.2 Organizational Change for Pre-MSc EBB634B05 5 C EN2.1-2 Research Paper for Pre-MSc BA SB&E EBS012A10 10 C EN2.1 Human Resource Management B&M EBB617B05 5 C EN2.1 International Bus.& Supply Chain Market. EBB609B05 5 C EN2.2 Management of Product Innovation EBB652B05 5 C EN2.2 Strategic Management B&M EBB649C05 5 C EN

C.2.4. Pre-MSc BA - Strategic Innovation Management


Programme: Pre-MSc Programmes (English)Year: 1Profile: Pre-MSc BA Strategic Innovation Management/SIM

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1 Entrepreneurship B&M/TM EBB106A05 5 C EN1.1 Mathematics for Pre-MSc EBS002A05 5 C EN1.1 Organization Theory & Design for Pre-MSc EBS003A05 5 C EN1.2 Business Research Methods for Pre-MSc EBS001A10 10 C EN1.2 Innovation Management B&M EBB107A05 5 C EN2.1-2 Research Paper for Pre-MSc BA SIM EBS011B10 10 C EN2.1 Ethics in Business and Management EBB100A05 5 C EN2.1 Innovation Management in Multinationals EBB034A05 5 C EN2.2 Management of Product Innovation EBB652B05 5 C EN2.2 Strategic Management B&M EBB649C05 5 C EN

C.3. Pre-MSc Finance



52

Programme: Pre-MSc Programmes (English)Year: 1Profile: Pre-MSc Finance

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1 Financial Accounting for Pre-MSc EBS018A05 5 C EN1.1 Mathematics for Pre-MSc EBS002A05 5 C EN1.1 Microeconomics for E&BE: Consumers&Firms EBP819B05 5 C EN1.2 Business Research Methods for Pre-MSc EBS001A10 10 C EN1.2 Macroeconomics for E&BE EBP812B05 5 C EN2.1-2 Research Paper for Pre-MSc Finance EBS007B10 10 C EN2.1 Growth, Institutions and Business EBB022A05 5 C EN2.1 Intermediate Asset Pricing EBB084A05 5 C EN2.2 Corporate Finance for E&BE EBB079A05 5 C EN2.2 Ethics and International Business EBB608B05 5 C EN

C.4. Pre-MSc Human Resource Management


Programme: Pre-MSc Programmes (English)Year: 1Profile: Pre-MSc Human Resource Management/HRM

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1 Mathematics for Pre-MSc EBS002A05 5 C EN1.1 Organization Theory & Design for Pre-MSc EBS003A05 5 C EN1.1 Teamwork - Theories, Design and Dynamics EBB110A05 5 C EN1.2 Business Research Methods for Pre-MSc EBS001A10 10 C EN1.2 Organizational Change for Pre-MSc EBB634B05 5 C EN2.1-2 Research Paper for Pre-MSc HRM EBS013A10 10 C EN2.1 Human Resource Management B&M EBB617B05 5 C EN2.1 Work Organization and Job Design EBB601B05 5 C EN2.2 Ethics and International Business EBB608B05 5 C EN2.2 Strategic Management B&M EBB649C05 5 C EN

C.5. Pre-MSc International Business and Management


53


Programme: Pre-MSc Programmes (English)Year: 1Profile: Pre-MSc International Business & Management/IB&M

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1 Foreign Dir. Investment, Trade & Geogr. EBB037A05 5 C EN1.1 International Strategic Management EBB628A05 5 C EN1.1 Mathematics for Pre-MSc EBS002A05 5 C EN1.2 Business Research Methods for Pre-MSc EBS001A10 10 C EN1.2 International Financial Management EBB627A05 5 C EN2.1-2 Research Paper for Pre-MSc IB&M EBS014A10 10 C EN2.1 Empirical Research Project for IB EBB044A05 5 C EN2.1 Innovation Management in Multinationals EBB034A05 5 C EN2.2 Ethics and International Business EBB608B05 5 C EN2.2 Managing Intern. Bus. Organizations Game EBB638B05 5 C EN

C.6. Pre-MSc International Economics and Business


Programme: Pre-MSc Programmes (English)Year: 1Profile: Pre-MSc International Economics & Business/IE&B

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1 Foreign Dir. Investment & Trade for E&BE EBB064A05 5 C EN1.1 Mathematics for Pre-MSc EBS002A05 5 C EN1.1 Microeconomics for E&BE: Consumers&Firms EBP819B05 5 C EN1.2 Business Research Methods for Pre-MSc EBS001A10 10 C EN1.2 International Business Strategy for IE&B EBB023B05 5 C EN2.1-2 Research Paper for Pre-MSc IE&B EBS015A10 10 C EN2.1 Econometrics for IE&B EBB070A05 5 C EN2.1 Globalization - The Great Unbundlings EBB083A05 5 C EN2.2 Globalization - MNEs & Institutions EBB082A05 5 C EN2.2 Growth and Development Economics EBB811B05 5 C EN

C.7. Pre-MSc International Financial Management



54

Programme: Pre-MSc Programmes (English)Year: 1Profile: Pre-MSc International Financial Management/IFM

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1 Finance and Risk Management for IB EBB631B05 5 C EN1.1 International Strategic Management EBB628A05 5 C EN1.1 Mathematics for Pre-MSc EBS002A05 5 C EN1.2 Business Research Methods for Pre-MSc EBS001A10 10 C EN1.2 Financial Accounting for E&BE EBP802B05 5 C EN2.1-2 Research Paper for Pre-MSc IFM EBS017A10 10 C EN2.1 Empirical Research Project for IB EBB044A05 5 C EN2.1 Innovation Management in Multinationals EBB034A05 5 C EN2.2 International Financial Management EBB627A05 5 C EN2.2 Managing Intern. Bus. Organizations Game EBB638B05 5 C EN

C.8. Pre-MSc Marketing


Programme: Pre-MSc Programmes (English)Year: 1Profile: Pre-MSc Marketing

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1 Digital Marketing EBB105A05 5 C EN1.1 Mathematics for Pre-MSc EBS002A05 5 C EN1.1 Organization Theory & Design for Pre-MSc EBS003A05 5 C EN1.2 Behavioural Decision Making EBB104A05 5 C EN1.2 Business Research Methods for Pre-MSc EBS001A10 10 C EN2.1-2 Research Paper for Pre-MSc Marketing EBS008B10 10 C EN2.1 Human Resource Management B&M EBB617B05 5 C EN2.1 Marketing Research for E&BE EBB085A05 5 C EN2.2 Contemporary Theories on B&M EBB098A05 5 C EN2.2 Strategic Management B&M EBB649C05 5 C EN

C.9. Pre-MSc Supply Chain Management


55


Programme: Pre-MSc Programmes (English)Year: 1Profile: Pre-MSc Supply Chain Management/SCM

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1 Mathematics for Pre-MSc EBS002A05 5 C EN1.1 Organization Theory & Design for Pre-MSc EBS003A05 5 C EN1.1 Purchasing & Supply Chain Management EBB742B05 5 C EN1.2 Business Research Methods for Pre-MSc EBS001A10 10 C EN1.2 Operations Strategy and Technology EBB109A05 5 C EN2.1-2 Research Paper for Pre-MSc SCM EBS010C10 10 C EN2.1 Ethics in Business and Management EBB100A05 5 C EN2.1 International Bus.& Supply Chain Market. EBB609B05 5 C EN2.2 Contemporary Theories on B&M EBB098A05 5 C EN2.2 Production Planning & Quality Control EBB058A05 5 C EN

C.10. Pre-MSc Technology and Operations Management


Programme: Pre-MSc Programmes (English)Year: 1Profile: Pre-MSc Technology and Operations Management/TOM

(Engelstalig)

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1 Mathematics for Pre-MSc EBS002A05 5 C EN1.1 Organization Theory & Design for Pre-MSc EBS003A05 5 C EN1.1 Purchasing & Supply Chain Management EBB742B05 5 C EN1.2 Business Research Methods for Pre-MSc EBS001A10 10 C EN1.2 Operations Strategy and Technology EBB109A05 5 C EN2.1-2 Research Paper for Pre-MSc TOM EBS016B10 10 C EN2.1 International Bus.& Supply Chain Market. EBB609B05 5 C EN2.1 Work Organization and Job Design EBB601B05 5 C EN2.2 Management of Product Innovation EBB652B05 5 C EN2.2 Production Planning & Quality Control EBB058A05 5 C EN

C.11. Substitution and/or transition regulation

See Section G.1.20.


56

C.12. Rules and choices

Rules and choices Pre-MSc programmesEntry requirements for the Pre-MSc programmes

See the FEB intranet or art. 2.8 of the BSc OER.

Validity of admission to the Pre-MSc programmes

Admission to the Pre-MSc programmes is valid for one year and is only granted once. It will only be extended – for a maximum of one year – if at least 50 ECs from the Pre-MSc programme have been obtained.

Entry requirements for the Research Papers for:• Pre-MSc BA,• Pre-MSc Finance, • Pre-MSc HRM,• Pre-MSc IB&M, • Pre-MSc IE&B,• Pre-MSc IFM, • Pre-MSc Marketing, • Pre-MSc SCM,• Pre-MSC TOM

Students have passed• Mathematics for Pre-MSc (EBS002A05), and• Business Research Methods for Pre-MSc

(EBS001A10).and• the Pre-MSc programme has been approved.

Approval of the Pre-MSc programme Apply via Progress, no later than 6 weeks before starting the Research Paper. See the information on the FEB intranet.

Master’s information days November and MarchFollow-on Master’s degree programmes Dependent of the choice of your Pre-MSc programmeEntry requirements for the follow-on Master’s degree programmes

Completion of the Pre-MSc programme

Starting dates for the follow-on Master’s degree programmes


http://myuniversity.rug.nl/infonet/studenten/feb/studyandcareeradvice/study-progress/premaster/completion-pre-master

http://myuniversity.rug.nl/infonet/studenten/feb/studyandcareeradvice/study-progress/premaster/completion-pre-master

57

Masteropleidingen / Master’s degree programmes

D. Masteropleidingen / Master’s degree programmes

D.1. MSc Accountancy en Controlling

D.1.1. Programmabeschrijving

Opleidingsdirecteur: E.P. Jansen, [email protected], (050) 363 6382

Opleidingscoördinator: mw. I.M. Luttmer-Noest, [email protected], (050) 363 3768

Afstudeercoördinator: Dr K. Linke, [email protected], (050) 363 3535

Secretariaat: mw. E.H. van der Voort-Toisuta, [email protected], (050) 363 3768

Studieadvies: Student Support Desk, http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/masterstudent

Taal: Nederlands

Inhoud

De masteropleiding Accountancy en Controlling richt zich op de betrouwbaarheid van informatie voor de besturing van organisaties en voor het afleggen van verantwoording over het gevoerde beleid aan de interne en externe stakeholders. In de masteropleiding richt het traject Accountancy zich met name op de bestuurlijke informatie ten behoeve van de externe stakeholders, terwijl het traject Controlling vooral is gericht op het verstrekken van bestuurlijke informatie aan de interne stakeholders. In de masteropleiding worden de gebieden accountancy en controlling, waarvan de basis is gelegd in de bacheloropleiding Accountancy en Controlling, verbreed en verder uitgediept.

De MSc-opleiding staat in het teken van de wetenschappelijke verdieping van de kennis en het inzicht van de studenten in de hoofdvakgebieden binnen Accountancy en Controlling (Financial Accounting en Internal Control voor beide profielen; Auditing voor het profiel Accountancy binnen de opleiding; Management Accounting & Control voor het profiel Controlling). De MSc-opleiding A&C sluit aan op de Executive Master-opleiding Accountancy (voor studenten met profiel Accountancy) en op de Executive Master-opleiding Finance & Control (voor studenten met profiel Controlling).

De opleidingen voor de functies van accountant en controller lopen in de voorafgaande bacheloropleiding Accountancy en Controlling geheel en in de masteropleiding Accountancy en Controlling deels parallel met daarin vakken als IC: Ontwerpen BIS, Strategie- en Organisatie in de Praktijk en IC: Risk Management. Gericht op de functie van de accountant vindt in deze masteropleiding een verdere verdieping plaats op de gebieden financial accounting en auditing. Gericht op de functie van de controller wordt een verdere verdieping aangeboden op de gebieden management accounting & control en financiering. De opleiding wordt voor beide trajecten afgesloten met een masterafstudeerwerkstuk.

De masteropleiding Accountancy en Controlling heeft twee instroommomenten: september en februari.



mailto:k.linke%40rug.nl?subject=

mailto:e.h.van.der.voort-toisuta%40rug.nl?subject=

http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/masterstudent


58


De meeste afgestudeerden zullen kiezen voor een aansluitende anderhalfjarige (parttime) postinitiële opleiding EMA die opleidt tot Registeraccountant (RA), of voor de 2,5 jarige (parttime) postinitiële opleiding EMFC die opleidt tot Registercontroller (RC). De postinitiële opleiding EMA die opleidt tot Registeraccountant kan tegelijk worden gevolgd met een (verplichte) driejarige praktijkstage bij een accountantskantoor of -dienst. Meer informatie hieromtrent kan worden verkregen bij de bovengenoemde coördinator. De postinitiële opleiding EMFC die opleidt tot Registercontroller, kan worden gevolgd nadat enige ervaring in de functie van (assistent-) controller is opgedaan. Meer informatie over deze opleiding kan worden verkregen bij het secretariaat van de Controllersopleiding, tel. (050) 363 7297.Gelet op de brede bedrijfswetenschappelijke basis en de specialisatie in de gebieden accountancy en controlling, biedt het masterdiploma van beide trajecten diverse mogelijkheden voor functies in het bedrijfsleven, zoals financieel manager, informatiemanager, hoofd administratie, systeem-ontwerper, assistent-accountant en assistent-controller.

D.1.2. Overzichtstudieprogramma


Opleiding: MSc Accountancy & Controlling/A&CStudiejaar: 1Profiel: Accountancy

sem vaknaam vakcode EC V/K taal1.1-2 Auditing I EBM821A10 10 V NL1.1 Financial Accounting Theory EBM863A05 5 V NL1.1 Strategie en organisatie in de praktijk EBM636A05 5 V NL1.2 Internal Control: Risk Management EBM883A05 5 V EN2.1-2 Internal Control: Ontw. Best. Inf.syst. EBM807A10 10 V NL2.1-2 Masterafstudeerwerkstuk Accountancy EBM869A20 20 V NL2.1 Auditing II EBM898A05 5 V NL

NB • Het Masterafstudeerwerkstuk Accountancy wordt gegeven in sem. I + II.• Studenten die in februari starten met de MSc A&C (Accountancy) moeten rekening

houden met de volgende verschuivingen: ◦ Financial Accounting Theory in sem. IIa, ◦ Strategie en organisatie in de praktijk in sem. IIb, ◦ Masterafstudeerwerkstuk Accountancy in sem. II en I.

Opleiding: MSc Accountancy & Controlling/A&CStudiejaar: 1Profiel: Controlling

59


sem vaknaam vakcode EC V/K taal1.1 Management Accounting Change EBM711B05 5 V EN1.1 Management Accounting Techniques EBM057A05 5 V EN1.1 Strategie en organisatie in de praktijk EBM636A05 5 V NL1.2 Financiering III A&C/FE EBM864B05 5 V NL1.2 Internal Control: Risk Management EBM883A05 5 V EN2.1-2 Internal Control: Ontw. Best. Inf.syst. EBM807A10 10 V NL2.1-2 Masterafstudeerwerkstuk Controlling EBM870A20 20 V NL2.1 Research in Management Control EBM082A05 5 V EN

NB • Het Masterafstudeerwerkstuk Controlling wordt gegeven in sem. I + II.• Studenten die in februari starten met de MSc A&C (Controlling) moeten rekening

houden met de volgende verschuivingen: ◦ Management Accounting Techniques in sem. IIa, ◦ Strategie en organisatie in de praktijk in sem. IIb, ◦ Masterafstudeerwerkstuk Controlling in sem. II + I.

D.1.3. Regels en keuzes

Regels en keuzes MSc Accountancy en ControllingMastervoorlichting November en maart, met informatie over de twee

profielen.Toelatingseis master

• BSc Accountancy en Controllingof• diploma HBO-Accountancy en afgerond

schakelprogramma A&C voor HBO-AC of• diploma HBO-Bedrijfseconomie en afgerond

schakelprogramma A&C voor HBO-BEInstroommomenten master 1 september en 1 februariIngangseisen mastervakken Zie de vakbeschrijvingen in Ocasys.Ingangseisen masterafstudeerwerkstuk • het masterprogramma is goedgekeurd

en• ≥ 10 EC van het masterprogramma (inclusief

vrijstellingen) is behaald.Goedkeuring vakkenpakket Aanvragen via Progress, uiterlijk 6 weken vóór de

start van het masterafstudeerwerkstuk.Zie ook de informatie op FEB inftraet.

Postinitiële doorstroommasters voor traject Accountancy:• EMA, leidt (samen met de verplichte prak-

tijk¬stage) tot de titel Registeraccountant (RA)voor traject Controlling:• EMFC, leidt tot de titel Registercontroller (RC)


http://myuniversity.rug.nl/infonet/studenten/feb/studyandcareeradvice/study-progress/master/approval-master


60

D.2. MSc BA – Change Management

D.2.1. Programme description

Programme Director: Prof. A. Boonstra, [email protected], (050) 363 7289

Programme Coordinator: Dr C. Reezigt, [email protected], (050) 363 3858

Secretary: Ms J.M. Wiersema, [email protected], (050) 363 6543

Study advisor(s): Student Support Desk, http://www.rug.nl/feb/education/support/masterstudent

Language: English

Content

Changing, i.e. responding to market and other developments, tends to be essential for the survival of today’s organizations. To organize is to change and to change is to organize. In the past, change management was a subject only addressed incidentally: once a business had been through a process of change, it was time for a period of consolidation. However, nowadays change is a crucial and permanently topical matter for organizations. This in turn creates a need for change experts, who know how to design and how to manage change processes that simultaneously take place in areas such as business processes, information technology, strategy, leadership style and human resource management. The MSc BA profile Change Management will train these experts.

As participants in this programme students gain insight into the processes behind change, the impact that changes may have on an organization and its members and the role change managers (line managers or internal or external consultants) may play in this. More specifically, students will learn about different change strategies that have been developed, including intervention tools that are helpful for implementing those strategies. They will also acquire the communicative and social skills needed to manage change programmes, on individual, group as well as organization levels. Furthermore, they will learn how to conduct research into change management related subjects.

To fulfil the programme requirements, students need to follow:• four mandatory courses (5 ECs each, 20 ECs in total):

◦ Theories and Approaches of Change Management; ◦ Change & Human factors; ◦ Managing Technological Change and ◦ Agents and Instruments of Change.

• three electives of 5 ECs, each which enable to specialize further in fields such as strategy and ICT.

Furthermore, a substantial part of the programme (20 ECs) is devoted to writing a thesis including conducting research. This individual work is facilitated and supported in a 5 ECs course, labeled ‘Research & Skills’. This is an ongoing workshop to help you link theory to practice and research.

Students will also train and develop their academic, social and communication skills and form an academic attitude. A combination of teaching methods is used, including lectures, seminars, tutorials, case studies and projects. Assessment is through essays,

mailto:albert.boonstra%40rug.nl?subject=

mailto:c.reezigt%40rug.nl?subject=

mailto:j.m.wiersema%40rug.nl?subject=

http://www.rug.nl/feb/education/support/masterstudent

61


exams, reports, case studies, industry-based assignments, presentations and a master thesis.

The MSc BA – Change Management starts twice a year: September and February.

Career prospects

After completing the Master’s degree, graduates are able to work independently as a change manager within organizations. They are flexible and can develop in many directions, for example through consultancy projects. They can start working as a management trainee, an internal consultant, a policy consultant or as a member of a project team in profit as well as non-profit organizations. A quarter of all graduates of Business Administration find jobs in consultancy. Graduates of Change Management are particularly well equipped for this.

D.2.2. Degree programmes


Programme: MSc BA - Change ManagementYear: 1Profile: core programme MSc BA Change Management

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1-2 electives MSc BA Change Man (see list) 15 C EN1.1 Change and Human Factors EBM053A05 5 C EN1.1 Theories & Approaches of Change Man. EBM055A05 5 C EN1.2 Research & Skills for MSc BA EBM050A05 5 C EN2.1-2 Master’s Thesis BA Change Management EBM724A20 20 C EN2.1 Agents and Instruments of Change EBM052A05 5 C EN2.1 Managing Technological Change EBM054A05 5 C EN

NB If you start the MSc BA Change Management in February please note the following changes:• Research & Skills for MSc BA in sem. IIb,• Master’s Thesis BA Change Management in sem. I.

Programme: MSc BA - Change ManagementYear: 1Profile: electives MSc BA Change Management

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1 Business Ethics EBM043A05 5 E EN1.1 Developing for Markets EBM062A05 5 E EN1.1 HRM & International Labour Law EBM733A05 5 E EN1.1 IT Governance EBM048A05 5 E EN


62

1.1 Organization Design (MSc) EBM049A05 5 E EN1.1 Retail Marketing EBM880A05 5 E EN1.2 Brand & Product Management EBM073A05 5 E EN1.2 Business Process Innovation and Change EBM044A05 5 E EN1.2 Financial Reporting (MSc) EBM045A05 5 E EN1.2 Healthcare Operations EBM034A05 5 E EN1.2 International Strategic Alliances EBM090A05 5 E EN1.2 Managerial Decision Making and Control EBM027A05 5 E EN1.2 Operations Management in Proc. Industry EBM725C05 5 E EN1.2 Personnel Economics EBM678A05 5 E EN1.2 Strategic Management & Technology EBM051A05 5 E EN2.1 Comparative Corporate Governance EBM083A05 5 E EN2.1 Conflict Man. & Industrial Relations EBM673A05 5 E EN2.1 Consumer Psychology EBM074A05 5 E EN2.1 Innovation in Healthcare Organizations EBM047A05 5 E EN2.1 Inventory Management EBM026A05 5 E EN2.1 Policies for a Dynamic Economy EBM065A05 5 E EN2.1 Process Improvement and Change EBM036B05 5 E EN2.1 Purchasing EBM037A05 5 E EN2.1 Working Capital Management EBM645A05 5 E EN2.2 B2B Marketing EBM808B05 5 E EN2.2 Behavioural Operations Management EBM032A05 5 E EN2.2 Behavioural Perspectives on Corp. Gov. EBM023A05 5 E EN2.2 Emerging Markets (MSc) EBM085A05 5 E EN2.2 Franchising EBM046A05 5 E EN2.2 Innovation & Entrepreneurship EBM621A05 5 E EN2.2 Service Operations EBM634A05 5 E EN

NB The MSc BA is responsible for the following electives: Business Ethics, IT governance, Organization Design (MSc), Business Process Innovation and Change, Financial Report-ing (MSc), Strategic Management & Technology, Business Diagnosis and Design, Innova-tion in Healthcare Organizations, Working Capital Management, Franchising.The other electives are managed by other Master programmes.

D.2.3. Rules and choices

Rules and choices MSc in BA - Change ManagementMaster’s information days November and MarchEntry requirements for the Master’s degree programme

• Bachelor’s degree in ◦ Business Administration, or ◦ Business Economics, or ◦ Econometrics and Operations Research, or ◦ Economics and Business Economics, or ◦ International Business, or ◦ Technology Management

63


or• completed Pre-MSc BA CM programme, and • sufficient command of English.For entry requirements with other bachelor’s degrees, see Section 5 of the MSc OER.

Starting dates for the Master’s degree programme

1 September and 1 February

Entry requirements for Master’s courses


Entry requirements for the Master’s Thesis

• The Master’s programme has been approved, and• at least 20 ECs from the Master’s programme

have been obtainedApproval of the Master’s programme Apply via Progress, no later than 6 weeks before

starting the Master’s Thesis. See the information on the FEB intranet.




64

D.3. MSc BA – Organizational & Management Control



Programme Coordinator: Dr S. Tillema,s.tillemarug.nl, (050) 363 4539

Secretariat: I.J. Bakker MSc, [email protected], (050) 363 3535


Language: English

Content

The MSc BA - Organizational & Management Control (O&MC) profile concentrates on the knowledge and skills that contribute to good guidance and management of organizations. The specialization offers students a chance to learn about accounting and controlling methods and techniques. These are used to provide (non-)financial information and to develop systems for the use of planning and controlling organizational activities. These methods and techniques will be placed in the context of general management and related issues, such as strategy and changes to these.

In this course students will train and develop their academic, social and communication skills and form an academic attitude. A combination of teaching methods is used, including lectures, seminars, tutorials and case studies. Assessment is through essays, exams, reports, presentations and a master thesis.

To fulfill the programme requirements, students need to follow four mandatory courses (5 ECs each, 20 ECs in total):• Management Accounting Change; • Management Accounting Techniques; • Financial Management for O&MC and• Research in Management Control. These courses provide them with a thorough knowledge in the field of management accounting and control and the financial management of organizations.

Depending on their personal preferences, students can choose three electives from a list of relevant optional courses (5 ECs each, 15 ECs in total). The O&MC profile offers the possibility to diversify by combining electives from different organizational fields, as well as to specialize in specific themes. Depending on their choices, a further emphasis can be on topics in the field of (for example) financial accounting and finance, strategy, innovation, or health care.

Furthermore, a substantial (20 ECs) part of the programme is devoted to writing a thesis including conducting research. This individual work is facilitated and supported in a 5 ECs course, labelled ‘Research & Skills’. This is an ongoing workshop to help students link theory to practice and research.

The MSc BA – Organizational & Management Control starts twice a year: September and February.


mailto:s.tillemarug.nl?subject=

mailto:i.j.bakker%40rug.nl?subject=


65


Career prospects

Graduates of the MSc BA - O&MC profile may find job opportunities in national and international companies, non-profit organizations or government institutions. This includes positions as: (business-unit) controller, financial officer, financial and/or management consultant, assistant manager, management trainee, project manager and researcher.

D.3.2. Degree programme


Programme: MSc BA - Organizational & Management Control/O&MCYear: 1Profile: core programme MSc BA O&MC

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1-2 electives MSc BA O&MC (see list)** 15 C EN1.1 Management Accounting Change EBM711B05 5 C EN1.1 Management Accounting Techniques EBM057A05 5 C EN1.2 Research & Skills for MSc BA EBM050A05 5 C EN2.1-2 Master’s Thesis BA O&MC EBM859A20 20 C EN2.1 Financial Management for O&MC EBM056A05 5 C EN2.1 Research in Management Control EBM082A05 5 C EN

NB If you start the MSc BA O&MC in February please note the following changes:• Management Accounting Techniques in sem. IIa,• Research & Skills for MSc BA in sem. IIb, • Master’s Thesis BA O&MC in sem. I

Programme: MSc BA - Organizational & Management Control/O&MCYear: 1Profile: electives MSc BA O&MC

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1 Business Ethics EBM043A05 5 E EN1.1 Developing for Markets EBM062A05 5 E EN1.1 HRM & International Labour Law EBM733A05 5 E EN1.1 IT Governance EBM048A05 5 E EN1.1 Organization Design (MSc) EBM049A05 5 E EN1.1 Retail Marketing EBM880A05 5 E EN1.2 Brand & Product Management EBM073A05 5 E EN1.2 Business Process Innovation and Change EBM044A05 5 E EN1.2 Financial Reporting (MSc) EBM045A05 5 E EN


66

1.2 Healthcare Operations EBM034A05 5 E EN1.2 International Strategic Alliances EBM090A05 5 E EN1.2 Operations Management in Proc. Industry EBM725C05 5 E EN1.2 Personnel Economics EBM678A05 5 E EN1.2 Strategic Management & Technology EBM051A05 5 E EN2.1 Comparative Corporate Governance EBM083A05 5 E EN2.1 Conflict Man. & Industrial Relations EBM673A05 5 E EN2.1 Consumer Psychology EBM074A05 5 E EN2.1 Innovation in Healthcare Organizations EBM047A05 5 E EN2.1 Inventory Management EBM026A05 5 E EN2.1 Policies for a Dynamic Economy EBM065A05 5 E EN2.1 Process Improvement and Change EBM036B05 5 E EN2.1 Purchasing EBM037A05 5 E EN2.1 Working Capital Management EBM645A05 5 E EN2.2 B2B Marketing EBM808B05 5 E EN2.2 Behavioural Operations Management EBM032A05 5 E EN2.2 Behavioural Perspectives on Corp. Gov. EBM023A05 5 E EN2.2 Emerging Markets (MSc) EBM085A05 5 E EN2.2 Franchising EBM046A05 5 E EN2.2 Innovation & Entrepreneurship EBM621A05 5 E EN2.2 Service Operations EBM634A05 5 E EN

NB The MSc BA is responsible for the following electives: Business Ethics, IT governance, Or-ganization Design (MSc), Business Process Innovation and Change, Financial Reporting (MSc), Strategic Management & Technology, Business Diagnosis and Design, Innovation in Healthcare Organizations, Working Capital Management, Franchising.The other electives are managed by other Master programmes.


Rules and choices MSc in BA - Organizational and Management ControlMaster’s information days November and MarchEntry requirements for the Master’s degree programme


or• completed Pre-MSc BA O&MC programme, and • sufficient command of English.For entry requirements with other bachelor’s degrees, see Section 5 of the MSc OER.






67



• The Master’s programme has been approved,and• at least 20 ECs from the Master’s programme





68

D.4. MSc BA – Small Business & Entrepreneurship



Programme Coordinator: Dr C.H.M. Lutz, [email protected], (050) 363 7339

Secretariat: Ms M. Berghuis, [email protected], (050) 363 3453


Language: English

Content

The objectives of this master programme are threefold: • Graduates will become familiar with the specific theories in the field of

Entrepreneurship and Small Business. • Graduates will have learned to interpret the management and economic knowledge

taught in the bachelor programme and, in particular, to apply this to Small and Medium-sized Enterprises (SMEs).

• Graduates will have learned that ‘doing business’ is a process in which (strategic) thinking, planning and undertaking play a key role. This process can be conducted by the entrepreneur or a third party (e.g. a consultant).

After completing this programme graduates will have acquired relevant competencies for consultants and entrepreneurs.

Currently, ‘Small Business’ and ‘Entrepreneurship’ are getting a lot of attention. A consensus is growing among policy makers, researchers and various stakeholders, that the dynamics in the economy and the growth of employment are mainly the result of start-ups and growing small businesses. An increasing number of large firms are targeting SMEs as a specific segment in the market. Consultancy firms adapt their services to the specific needs of SMEs. Banks and insurance companies have established SME departments in order to develop specific services for this target group. Other large companies understand that they need enterprising employees in order to survive in the modern economy. In their organizations the departments become smaller and operate more independently, while responsibilities are located as low as possible in the organization and, therefore, these firms require employees with an enterprising attitude. Finally, a growing number of people prefer to become responsible for their own employment and start their own business.

If students expect to become active in the SME sector in the future, then this MSc BA profile in Small Business & Entrepreneurship is highly relevant. The specific organizational characteristics of smaller firms are focused on this profile. Basically, all sub-disciplines of management and organization are dealt with. Also questions such as ‘what is entrepreneurship?’, ‘am I suitable to be an entrepreneur?’ and various issues of consultancy and, in particular, consultancy for SMEs, will be addressed. As SMEs are quite restricted in the number of specialists they employ, they depend on consultants to a relatively large extent. All these topics are presented in four compulsory courses of 5 ECs each in the master programme: ‘Small Business Management’, ‘Strategic Analysis for Small Business’, ‘New Ventures & Entrepreneurship’ and ‘Small Business Economics


mailto:c.h.m.lutz%40rug.nl?subject=

mailto:m.berghuis%40rug.nl?subject=


69


& Policy’. Three electives of 5 ECs each enable students to specialize further in fields such as strategy, marketing and management of technology. Furthermore, a substantial (20 ECs) part of the programme is devoted to writing a thesis including doing research. This individual work is facilitated and supported in a 5 ECs course, labelled ‘Research & Skills for MSc BA’. This ongoing workshop helps students to link theory to practice and research.

The MSc BA – Small Business & Entrepreneurship starts twice a year: September and February.

Career prospects

This MSc BA degree programme prepares graduates for the following types of employment: • ‘All-round’ manager for SMEs;• Entrepreneur: start your own business (family business);• SME consultant in entrepreneurship and change management;• Manager in larger organizations that require employees with an entrepreneurial

attitude (intrapreneurship)and• Manager in large organizations that deal with SMEs (banks, accountants,

(semi-)government, franchise organizations).



Programme: MSc BA - Small Business & Entrepreneurship/SB&EYear: 1Profile: core programme SB&E

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1-2 electives MSc BA SB&E (see list) 10 C EN1.1 Small Business Management EBM059A05 5 C EN1.1 Strategic Analysis for Small Business EBM060A05 5 C EN1.2 Business Diagnosis and Design EBM042A05 5 C EN

1.2 Research & Skills for MSc BA EBM050A05 5 C EN2.1-2 Master’s Thesis BA SB&E EBM712A20 20 C EN2.1 New Ventures & Entrepreneurship EBM838A05 5 C EN2.1 Small Business Economics & Policy EBM058A05 5 C EN

NB If you start the MSc BA SB&E in February please note the following changes:• Research & Skills for MSc BA in IIb,• Master’s Thesis BA SB&E in sem. I.

Programme: MSc BA - Small Business & Entrepreneurship/SB&EYear: 1Profile: electives MSc BA SB&E


70

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1 Business Ethics EBM043A05 5 E EN1.1 Developing for Markets EBM062A05 5 E EN1.1 HRM & International Labour Law EBM733A05 5 E EN1.1 IT Governance EBM048A05 5 E EN1.1 Organization Design (MSc) EBM049A05 5 E EN1.1 Retail Marketing EBM880A05 5 E EN1.2 Brand & Product Management EBM073A05 5 E EN1.2 Business Process Innovation and Change EBM044A05 5 E EN1.2 Financial Reporting (MSc) EBM045A05 5 E EN1.2 Healthcare Operations EBM034A05 5 E EN1.2 International Strategic Alliances EBM090A05 5 E EN1.2 Managerial Decision Making and Control EBM027A05 5 E EN1.2 Operations Management in Proc. Industry EBM725C05 5 E EN1.2 Personnel Economics EBM678A05 5 E EN1.2 Strategic Management & Technology EBM051A05 5 E EN2.1 Comparative Corporate Governance EBM083A05 5 E EN2.1 Conflict Man. & Industrial Relations EBM673A05 5 E EN2.1 Consumer Psychology EBM074A05 5 E EN2.1 Innovation in Healthcare Organizations EBM047A05 5 E EN2.1 Inventory Management EBM026A05 5 E EN2.1 Policies for a Dynamic Economy EBM065A05 5 E EN2.1 Process Improvement and Change EBM036B05 5 E EN2.1 Purchasing EBM037A05 5 E EN2.1 Working Capital Management EBM645A05 5 E EN2.2 B2B Marketing EBM808B05 5 E EN2.2 Behavioural Operations Management EBM032A05 5 E EN2.2 Behavioural Perspectives on Corp. Gov. EBM023A05 5 E EN2.2 Emerging Markets (MSc) EBM085A05 5 E EN2.2 Franchising EBM046A05 5 E EN2.2 Innovation & Entrepreneurship EBM621A05 5 E EN2.2 Service Operations EBM634A05 5 E EN

NB The MSc BA is responsible for the following electives: Business Ethics, IT governance, Organization Design (MSc), Business Process Innovation and Change, Financial Report-ing (MSc), Strategic Management & Technology, Business Diagnosis and Design, Inno-vation in Healthcare Organizations, Working Capital Management, Franchising.The other electives are managed by other Master programmes.


Rules and choices MSc in BA - Small Business & EntrepreneurshipMaster’s information days November and March

71


Entry requirements for the Master’s degree programme


or• completed Pre-MSc BA SB&E programme, and • sufficient command of English.For entry requirements with other bachelor’s degrees, see Section 5 of the MSc OER.












72

D.5. MSc BA – Strategic Innovation Management



Programme Coordinator: Dr T.L.J. Broekhuizen, [email protected], (050) 363 3777

Secretariat: Ms M. Berghuis, [email protected], (050) 363 3453


Language: English

Content

The MSc BA - SIM programme focuses on the strategic management of innovation. Students will receive academic training to gain a comprehensive understanding of the strategic aspects of managing innovations - from the early development phase (idea generation, resource garnering, formation of strategic alliances) until the commercialization phase (launch, obtaining legitimacy, protecting and capturing value from innovations). In particular, they learn about the variety and importance of innovation, the complexity of organizing and managing innovations, the strategies to obtain early success and appropriate value from innovations.

The emphasis of SIM is on how organizations can successfully manage innovations at the intra-level (within the organization; organization and collaboration of (cross-functional) teams) and inter-level (between organizations: organization and collaboration between organizations and networks). To understand the context in which organizations have to strategically operate, students also learn about the influence of market characteristics and the role of competitors, consumers and institutional actors (regulators/policy makers and gatekeepers) in shaping innovation success. Finally, they will learn about how internal capabilities and resources can be coupled with strategies to influence innovation success.

To fulfil the programme requirements, students need to follow five mandatory courses (5 ECs each, 25 ECs in total), three electives (5 ECs each, 15 ECs in total) and write their Master thesis (20 ECs). The five mandatory courses are: Organizing for Innovation, Strategy & Innovation Management, Research & Skills for MSc BA, Capturing Value from Innovation, Cooperating for Innovation. During the programme students train and develop their academic, social and communication skills and form an academic attitude. A combination of teaching methods is used, including lectures, seminars, tutorials, case studies and projects. Assessment is through essays, exams, reports, case studies, industry-based assignments, presentations and a master thesis. SIM students learn to apply a variety of qualitative and quantitative research methods.

The MSc BA - SIM starts twice a year: September and February.


mailto:t.l.j.broekhuizen%40rug.nl?subject=

mailto:m.berghuis%40rug.nl?subject=


73


Career prospects

After completing the Master’s degree, graduates will understand the complex and unpredictable nature of managing innovations and they are able to apply acquired knowledge and research techniques to come up with relevant recommendations for strategic management to enhance an organization’s innovation success. Future job opportunities are in the field of strategic management, innovation management, business development, consultancy and research - for both the private and public sector.



Programme: MSc BA - Strategic Innovation Management/SIMYear: 1Profile: core programma MSc BA SIM

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1-2 electives A MSc BA SIM (see list) 5 C EN1.1-2 electives B MSc BA SIM (see list) 10 C EN1.1 Organizing for Innovation EBM064A05 5 C EN1.1 Strategy & Innovation Management EBM066A05 5 C EN1.2 Research & Skills for MSc BA EBM050A05 5 C EN2.1-2 Master’s Thesis BA SIM EBM723B20 20 C EN2.1 Capturing Value from Innovation EBM738A05 5 C EN2.1 Cooperating for Innovation EBM061A05 5 C EN

NB If you start the MSc BA SIM in February please note the following changes:• Research & Skills for MSc BA in sem. IIb.• Master’s Thesis BA SIM in sem.

Programme: MSc BA - Strategic Innovation Management/SIMYear: 1Profile: electives A MSc BA SIM

sem course title code EC C/E lang

1.1 Developing for Markets EBM062A05 5 E EN1.2 Developing from Technologies EBM063A05 5 E EN2.2 Innovation & Entrepreneurship EBM621A05 5 E EN

NB Students choose 5 EC from ‘electives A MSc BA SIM’ (see list).

Programme: MSc BA - Strategic Innovation Management/SIMYear: 1Profile: electives B MSc BA SIM


74

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1 Business Ethics EBM043A05 5 E EN1.1 Competitiveness of Firms and Nations EBM092A05 5 E EN1.2 Brand & Product Management EBM073A05 5 E EN1.2 Innovation in Services EBM736C05 5 E EN1.2 International Strategic Alliances EBM090A05 5 E EN1.2 Strategic Management & Technology EBM051A05 5 E EN2.1 Comparative Corporate Governance EBM083A05 5 E EN2.1 Conflict Man. & Industrial Relations EBM673A05 5 E EN2.1 Innovation in Healthcare Organizations EBM047A05 5 E EN2.1 Policies for a Dynamic Economy EBM065A05 5 E EN2.2 Behavioural Perspectives on Corp. Gov. EBM023A05 5 E EN2.2 Corporate Governance for MSc Finance EBM811C05 5 E EN2.2 Franchising EBM046A05 5 E EN

NB Students choose 10 EC from ‘electives B MSc BA SIM’ (see list) and/or courses from ‘elec-tives A MSc BA SIM’ which they have not already taken.


Rules and choices MSc in BA – Strategic Innovation ManagementMaster’s information days November and MarchEntry requirements for the Master’s degree programme


or• completed Pre-MSc BA SIM programme, and • sufficient command of English.For entry requirements with other bachelor’s degrees, see Section 5 of the MSc OER.











75


D.6. MSc Econometrics, Operations Research & Actuarial Studies



Secretariat: Ms M.A. Koolman, [email protected], (050) 363 7018


Language: English

Content

The programme in Econometrics, Operations Research & Actuarial Studies (EORAS) aims at the description and analysis of problems in economics, management and related areas through mathematical models. Acquiring a research-oriented attitude, on the one hand and knowledge of the most important models used, on the other, form the main ingredients of the programme, together with the ability to transform the outcome of the models into relevant results for the field of application.

The Profile Actuarial Studies is especially concerned with topics related to insurance: life insurance, risk insurance and reinsurance. Insurance is closely related to investment strategies, social security, negotiations between employers and employees on pensions, etc. The intrinsic uncertainties in the field make tools like econometrics and statistics indispensable. The curriculum consists of three advanced actuarial courses, three courses to be chosen from the complete set of courses for the master EORAS, two courses in quantitative economics and a master’s thesis. The topic of the Master’s thesis must be in the field of actuarial science.

The Profile Econometrics is especially concerned with the interpretation of observed (economic) data. A data set is modelled in order to find or verify relations within it, either for simulation or forecasting, or for policy decisions. Traditionally macroeconomics has been an important field of application for econometrics. Modern econometrics, however, also considers applications in other fields such as financial economics, marketing or consumer behaviour. The curriculum consists of three advanced econometric courses, three courses to be chosen from the complete set of courses for the master EORAS, two courses in quantitative economics and a master’s thesis. The topic of the master’s thesis has to be in the field of econometrics, statistics or mathematical economics.

The Profile Operations Research programme is especially concerned with decision problems in logistics and finance, like vehicle routing, time schedules for railway systems, supply management, production planning, service planning, queuing, investment, portfolio management or asset liability management. Both deterministic and stochastic models are used. The curriculum consists of three advanced operations research courses, three courses to be chosen from the complete set of courses for the master EORAS, two courses in quantitative economics and a master’s thesis. The topic of the master’s thesis has to be in the field of operations research.





76

The MSc Econometrics, Operations Research & Actuarial Studies starts twice a year: September (preferred in view of intended order of modules and feasibility of internship) and February.

Career prospects

Graduates generally are very successful in finding a job. Acquiring a PhD position is a possibility or employment in institutions or companies.

Graduates in actuarial studiesPhD position in Actuarial science, statistics, economics, management

sciences or one the the social sciencesInstitutions and companies Financial institutions such as banks, insurance companies

and pension funds

NB:The ‘Actuarieel Instituut’ (Actuarial Institute) offers additional courses for those who wish to become an actuary. Completion gives the right to carry the title ‘Actuaris AG’ (certified by the ‘Actuarieel Genootschap’; title ‘AG’ after the name).

Graduates in econometricsPhD position in Econometrics, economics, statistics, or one of the social

sciencesInstitutions and companies • Traditional institutions like CBS and government

• Financial institutions such as banks, insurance companies and pension funds

Graduates in operations researchPhD position in Operations Research, management sciences or one of the

social sciencesInstitutions and companies Almost all large companies, hospitals, TNO, State

departments such as the Ministry of Infrastructure and Environment (Rijkswaterstaat), (OR) consultancy firms



Programme: MSc Econometrics, Operations Research & Actuarial Studies/EORAS

Year: 1Profile: Actuarial Studies

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1-2 + 2.1-2

electives MSc EORAS (see list) 15 C EN

1.1-2 + 2.1-2

other quantitative course(s) 10 C EN

1.1 Dependence & Extremes in Risk Management EBM113A05 5 C EN

77


1.2 Models for Short Term Risk Management EBM114A05 5 C EN2.1-2 Master’s Thesis Actuarial Studies EBM871A20 20 C EN2.12.1

• Asset and Liability Management or• Banking, Insurance and Risk

Management

EBM111A05EB M067A05

55

EG AEG A

ENEN

NB • Students choose 5 EC from elective group A.• Students choose 15 EC from ‘electives MSc EORAS’ (see list), not including course(s)

chosen from elective group A.• Students choose 10 EC other, sufficiently quantative courses from FEB (incl.

EORAS), MSc Mathematics, or national networks (e.g. LNMB, see www.lnmb.nl), all subject to approval.

• If you start the MSc EORAS in February please note the following change: ◦ Master’s Thesis Actuarial Studies in sem. I


Year: 1Profile: Econometrics



1.1-2 + 2.1-2


1.1 Econometric Theory and Methods EBM835B05 5 C EN1.2 Econometric Inference EBM021A05 5 C EN2.1-2 Master’s Thesis Econometrics EBM872A20 20 C EN2.12.1

• Applied Macroeconometrics or• Applied Microeconometrics

EBM109A05EBM110A05

55

EG BEG B

ENEN

NB • Students choose 5 EC from elective group B.• Students choose 15 EC from ‘electives MSc EORAS’ (see list), not including course(s)

chosen from elective group B.• Students choose 10 EC other, sufficiently quantative courses from FEB (incl. EORAS),

MSc Mathematics, or national networks (e.g. LNMB, see www.lnmb.nl), all subject to approval.

• If you start the MSc EORAS in February please note the following change: ◦ Master’s Thesis Econometrics in sem. I


Year: 1Profile: Operations Research



1.1-2 + 2.1-2



78

1.1 Stochastic Programming EBM853A05 5 C EN1.2 Combinatorial Optimization EBM112A05 5 C EN2.1-2 Master’s Thesis Operations Research EBM873A20 20 C EN2.12.1

• OR Analysis of Complex Systems or• Supply Chain Optimization

EBM115A05EBM117A05

55

EG CEG C

ENEN

NB • Students choose 5 EC from elective group C• Students choose 15 EC from ‘electives MSc EORAS’ (see list), not including course(s)

chosen from elective group C.• Students choose 10 EC other, sufficiently quantative courses from FEB (incl. EORAS),

MSc Mathematics, or national networks (e.g. LNMB, see www.lnmb.nl), all subject to approval.

• If you start the MSc EORAS in February please note the following change: ◦ Master’s Thesis Operations Research in sem. I


Year: 1Profile: electives MSc EORAS

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1 Advanced Industrial Organization EBM826A05 5 E EN1.1 Dependence & Extremes in Risk Management EBM113A05 5 E EN1.1 Econometric Theory and Methods EBM835B05 5 E EN1.1 Stochastic Programming EBM853A05 5 E EN1.2 Combinatorial Optimization EBM112A05 5 E EN1.2 Econometric Inference EBM021A05 5 E EN1.2 Financial Econometrics EBM820A05 5 E EN1.2 Models for Short Term Risk Management EBM114A05 5 E EN2.1 Applied Macroeconometrics EBM109A05 5 E EN2.1 Applied Microeconometrics EBM110A05 5 E EN2.1 Asset and Liability Management EBM111A05 5 E EN2.1 Banking, Insurance and Risk Management EBM067A05 5 E EN2.1 OR Analysis of Complex Systems EBM115A05 5 E EN2.1 Supply Chain Optimization EBM117A05 5 E EN2.2 Capita Selecta EORAS EBM116A05 5 E EN


Rules and choices MSc in EORASMaster’s information days November (FEB) and December (EORAS)Entry requirements for the Master’s degree programme

• Bachelor’s degree in Econometrics and Operations Research (RUG),

and • sufficient command of English.For entry requirements with other bachelor’s degrees, see Section 5 of the MSc OER.

79



1 September (preferred) and 1 February










80

D.7. MSc Economics


Programme Director: Prof. C.L.M. Hermes, [email protected], (050) 3634863

Programme Coordinator: Prof. J.P. Elhorst, [email protected], (050) 3633893

Secretariat: • Ms M.A. Koolman, [email protected], (050) 363 7018

• Ms M. van Kuiken [email protected], (050) 363 7-18


Language: English

Content

Graduates of the Master’s degree programme in Economics are able to apply advanced economic theory so as to analyse economic issues related to society at large. The programme trains students for positions in which they contribute as economists to decision-making in (inter)national government bodies, public organizations and private corporations like financial institutions, multinationals and consultancy firms.

The objective of the programme is to teach students economic theory at a high analytical level. The main focus is on contemporary economic theories in core fields of the economics discipline. An additional goal is to familiarize students with the application of theory and research methods to economic practice and economic policy. Such a combination of rigorous academic thinking with practical application is essential for any professional active in the fields of economics policy or research. Finally, students of the programme must be able to conduct economic research.

English is the language of teaching and communication. The international character of the programme is further demonstrated by the fact that the best international textbooks available are used. In the various courses, students study papers published in prominent academic journals in order to keep up with the latest developments. Courses are taught by specialists who have an international reputation in their field of research and/or a key role in public debates.

Students of the MSc in Economics can focus on one of two themes - Microeconomics of Markets and Incentives or Macroeconomic Theory and Policy – by choosing certain specific elective courses (see D.7.2 and Ocasys) and writing their master’s thesis on a topic from that theme. Students receive a certificate as a supplement to their degree, indicating that in their master studies they have specialized in one of these two themes. Students focusing on the first theme will gain a thorough understanding of the incentives that shape the economic decision-making of individuals, households and firms. Students focusing on the second theme will obtain a thorough understanding of the structure of and changes in the aggregate economy The MSc Economics starts twice a year: September and February.

mailto:c.l.m.hermes%40rug.nl?subject=



mailto:m.van.kuiken%40rug.nl?subject=


81


Career prospects

Economists are employed in many different types of companies, institutions and organizations. Some examples of career opportunities for graduates are:• Financial institutions: banks, pension funds and insurance companies are important

employers of economists. Examples are: De Nederlandsche Bank (the Netherlands Central Bank), the European Central Bank, commercial banks such as ABN-AMRO, ING and Rabobank and insurance companies like AEGON.

• Government: economists work for all Ministries, in particular for the Ministry for Economic Affairs (including the CPB Netherlands Bureau for Economic Policy Analysis), Ministry of Finance, Ministry of Social Affairs and Employment and the Ministry for Housing, Regional Development and the Environment.

• Companies such as Shell, Unilever, Philips and Gasunie.• Universities in the Netherlands and abroad.• International organizations such as the OECD, the IMF, the World Bank, the EU and

the European Central Bank.• Local authorities such as provinces and municipalities.• Institutions for applied research, such as the CBS (Statistics Netherlands), the

Algemene Rekenkamer (the Netherlands Court of Audit), TNO and the Social and Cultural Planning Office.

Economists are employed in various areas of work: • scientific or policy-orientated research (DNB, CPB, OECD, IMF);• policy-making: mainly in large organizations;• management: especially in businesses;• applied research (NEI, TNO and research bureaus);• education;• journalism.



Programme: MSc EconomicsYear: 1Profile: core programme MSc Economics


electives A MSc Economics 15 C EN

1.1-2 + 2.1-2

electives B MSc Economics 10 C EN

1.1 Empirical Methods of Economics EBM103A05 5 C EN1.1 Games and Industrial Organization EBM104A05 5 C EN1.1 Macroeconomics for MSc Economics EBM836C05 5 C EN2.1-2 Master’s Thesis Economics EBM877A20 20 C EN


82

NB • Students choose 15 EC from ‘electives A MSc Economics’ (see list).• Students choose 10 EC from ‘electives B MSc Economics’ (see list) or from ‘electives A

MSc Economics’ which they have not already taken.• If you start the MSc Economics in February please note the following changes:

◦ Empirical Methods of Economics in sem. IIa, ◦ Master’s Thesis Economics in sem. I.

Programme: MSc EconomicsYear: 1Profile: electives A MSc Economics

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.2 Competition Policy - Theory and Practice EBM100A05 5 E EN1.2 Economic Growth in History EBM101A05 5 E EN1.2 Empirical Macroeconomics EBM102A05 5 E EN2.1 Microeconomics of Household Behaviour EBM106A05 5 E EN2.1 Monetary Policy and Financial Regulation EBM107A05 5 E EN2.2 Economics of Regulating Markets EBM148A05 5 E EN2.2 Public Economics and Social Policy EBM108A05 5 E EN

NB • Students focusing on ‘Microeconomics of Markets and Incentives’ can choose only the following courses: Competition Policy - Theories and Practice (EBM100A05), Economics of Regulating Markets (EBM148A05), Microeconomics of Household Behaviour (EBM106A05) and Public Economics and Social Policy EBM108A05).

• Students focusing on ‘Macroeconomic Theory and Policy Incentives’ can choose only the following courses: Economic Growth in History (EBM101A05), Empirical Macroeconomics (EBM102A05), Monetary Policy and Financial Regulation (EBM107A05) and Public Economics and Social Policy (EBM108A05).

• Students choosing ‘Microeconomics of Markets and Incentives’ or ‘Macroeconomic Theory and Policy’ receive a certificate as a supplement to their degree, indicating that in their master studies they have specialized in one of these two themes.

Programme: MSc EconomicsYear: 1Profile: electives B MSc Economics

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1 Dependence & Extremes in Risk Management EBM113A05 5 E EN1.1 Econometric Theory and Methods EBM835B05 5 E EN1.1 Growth and Development Policies EBM095A05 5 E EN1.1 International Banking and Finance EBM096A05 5 E EN1.2 Econometric Inference EBM021A05 5 E EN1.2 Models for Short Term Risk Management EBM114A05 5 E EN1.2 Responsible Finance and Investing EBM071A05 5 E EN1.2 Trade, Environment and Growth EBM097A05 5 E EN2.1 Applied Macroeconometrics EBM109A05 5 E EN2.1 Applied Microeconometrics EBM110A05 5 E EN2.1 Asset and Liability Management EBM111A05 5 E EN

83


2.1 Economic Geography EBM094A05 5 E EN2.2 Behavioural Finance & Personal Investing EBM806B05 5 E EN2.2 Country Studies EBM093A05 5 E EN2.2 Emerging Markets (MSc) EBM085A05 5 E EN2.2 Finance and Development EBM069A05 5 E EN


Rules and choices MSc in EconomicsMaster’s information days November and MarchEntry requirements for the Master’s degree programme

• Bachelor’s degree in ◦ Economics and Business Economics, or ◦ Econometrics and Operations Research

and • sufficient command of English.For entry requirements with other bachelor’s degrees, see Section 5 of the MSc OER.












84

D.8. MSc Finance


Programme Director: Prof. C.L.M. Hermes, [email protected], (050) 363 4863

Programme Coordinator: Dr A. Plantinga, [email protected], (050) 363 3685

Secretary: Ms G. Pol, [email protected], (050) 363 3685


Language: English

Content

By choosing the MSc Finance, students will acquire knowledge, understanding and skills required to analyse and evaluate real and complex financial problems of companies and institutions and to design solutions for these problems. They will gain advanced academic knowledge of finance theory and of research methods in finance and in a selected number of specific sub-fields, such as derivative instruments, corporate finance, corporate valuation, responsible finance and investment, banking and insurance, portfolio theory, institutional investment management, corporate governance, behavioural finance and finance and development. Within the programme students may concentrate on a number of finance topics that are of interset to them. To give some examples: they may study the financing and investment problems of companies and the contribution of corporate governance to company value; they may learn about how to evaluate strategic decisions such as mergers and acquisitions; they may concentrate on the management of investment portfolios and financial risks and/or on the management of banks and insurance companies and they may study the relationship between finance and development. Within the programme all students have to pass the Research Methods in Finance course. This is a Master course in quantitative research in finance and it focuses on the knowledge and techniques that are necessary to conduct a research project in finance. As such, it provides a good background for the final research project, i.e. writing a master’s thesis of 20 ECs. Finally, the MSc Finance includes a selection of elective courses.

During the programme, students will develop both academic and professional skills. With respect to academic skills, the programme focuses on collecting and analysing data, planning and designing a research project and academic writing. Examples of professional skills are computer model building for business decisions, presenting in public, identifying and analysing problems and working in teams.

The MSc Finance starts twice a year: September and February.

Career prospects

Graduates of the MSc Finance will be trained for positions in which they contribute as a specialist in finance to decision-making in private (multinational) companies and financial institutions, consultancy firms, (international) institutional organizations such as the IMF, World Bank, ECB, etc. and governmental institutions. The curriculum of the programme offers several options to develop a specific labour market orientation.


mailto:a.plantinga%40rug.nl?subject=



85


By selecting specific sets of courses, graduates may develop one of four labour market profiles:• Corporate Finance with courses such as: Corporate Finance, Corporate Governance,

Corporate Valuation, Responsible Finance and Investing, Banking, Insurance and Risk Management, Business Ethics and Financial Reporting.

• Investing with courses such as: Portfolio Theory, Corporate Valuation, Derivative Instruments, Institutional Investment Management, Behavioural Finance and Personal Investing, Responsible Finance and Investing and Asset and Liability Management.

• Banking with courses such as: Banking, Insurance & Risk Management, Corporate Finance, Portfolio Theory, Derivative Instruments, Behavioural Finance and Personal Investing, Asset Liability Management, Monetary Policy and Financial Regulation, or International Banking and Finance.

• Finance and Development with courses such as: Finance and Development, Responsible Finance and Investing, Corporate Governance, Banking, Insurance and Risk Management, Corporate Valuation, Economic Growth and Development, Emerging Markets or Environment and Growth.



Programme: MSc FinanceYear: 1Profile: core programme MSc Finance


electives A MSc Finance (see list) 30 C EN

1.1-2 + 2.1-2

electives B MSc Finance (see list) 5 C EN

1.1 Research Methods in Finance EBM070A05 5 C EN2.1-2 Master’s Thesis Finance EBM866B20 20 C EN

NB • Students choose 30 EC from ‘electives A MSc Finance’ (see list).• Students choose 5 EC from ‘electives B MSc Finance’ (see list) and/or ‘electives A

MSc Finance’ which they have not already taken. • If you start the MSc Finance in February please note the following changes:

◦ Research Methods in Finance in sem. IIa, ◦ Master’s Thesis Finance in sem. I.

Programme: MSc FinanceYear: 1Profile: electives A MSc Finance

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1 Corporate Finance for MSc Finance EBM008B05 5 E EN


86

1.1 Derivative Instruments EBM068A05 5 E EN1.2 Corporate Valuation for MSc Finance EBM007C05 5 E EN1.2 Portfolio Theory EBM015B05 5 E EN1.2 Responsible Finance and Investing EBM071A05 5 E EN2.1 Banking, Insurance and Risk Management EBM067A05 5 E EN2.1 Institutional Investment Management EBM822A05 5 E EN2.2 Behavioural Finance & Personal Investing EBM806B05 5 E EN2.2 Corporate Governance for MSc Finance EBM811C05 5 E EN2.2 Finance and Development EBM069A05 5 E EN

Programme: MSc FinanceYear: 1Profile: electives B MSc Finance

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1 Advanced Industrial Organization EBM826A05 5 E EN1.1 Business Ethics EBM043A05 5 E EN1.1 Competitiveness of Firms and Nations EBM092A05 5 E EN1.1 Growth and Development Policies EBM095A05 5 E EN1.1 International Banking and Finance EBM096A05 5 E EN1.2 Economic Growth in History EBM101A05 5 E EN1.2 Financial Reporting (MSc) EBM045A05 5 E EN1.2 International Strategic Alliances EBM090A05 5 E EN1.2 Trade, Environment and Growth EBM097A05 5 E EN2.1 Comparative Corporate Governance EBM083A05 5 E EN2.1 Economic Geography EBM094A05 5 E EN2.1 Microeconomics of Household Behaviour EBM106A05 5 E EN2.1 Monetary Policy and Financial Regulation EBM107A05 5 E EN2.1 Working Capital Management EBM645A05 5 E EN2.2 Country Studies EBM093A05 5 E EN2.2 Economics of Regulating Markets EBM148A05 5 E EN2.2 Emerging Markets (MSc) EBM085A05 5 E EN


Rules and choices MSc in FinanceMaster’s information days November and MarchEntry requirements for the Master’s degree programme

• Bachelor’s degree in ◦ Economics and Business Economics, or ◦ Business Administration

(with completed SC Finance (EBB881A10) or Intermediate Asset Pricing (EBB084A05) and Corporate Finance for E&BE (EBB079A05)), or

87


◦ Business Economics(with completed SC Finance (EBB881A10) or Intermediate Asset Pricing (EBB084A05) and Corporate Finance for E&BE (EBB079A05)), or

◦ Econometrics and Operations Research (with completed SC Finance (EBB881A10) or Intermediate Asset Pricing (EBB084A05) and Corporate Finance for E&BE (EBB079A05)), or

◦ Economics of Taxation (with completed SC Finance (EBB881A10) or Intermediate Asset Pricing (EBB084A05) and Corporate Finance for E&BE (EBB079A05)), or

◦ International Business (with completed SC Finance (EBB881A10) or Intermediate Asset Pricing (EBB084A05) and Corporate Finance for E&BE (EBB079A05)), or

◦ Technology Management (with completed SC Finance (EBB881A10) or Intermediate Asset Pricing (EBB084A05) and Corporate Finance for E&BE (EBB079A05))

or• completed Pre-MSc Finance programme, and • sufficient command of English.For entry requirements with other bachelor’s degrees, see Section 5 of the MSc OER.








starting the Master’s Thesis. See the information on the FEB intraet.




88

D.9. MSc Fiscale Economie



Opleidingscoördinator: mw.mr. M.C. Christen-Schiere, [email protected], (050) 363 3763

Studieadvies: Student Support Desk, http://www.rug.nl/feb/education/support/masterstudent

Taal: Nederlands

Inhoud

De masteropleiding Fiscale Economie bouwt voort op de bacheloropleiding met dezelfde naam. Het doel van de masteropleiding is het bereiken van een specialistisch, wetenschappelijk niveau op het domein van de fiscale economie. De masteropleiding biedt daarom een verdieping en specialisatie op het gebied van belastingrecht. Tevens biedt de opleiding een verdieping op de gebieden financiering en openbare financiën. In de masteropleiding vindt bovendien integratie plaats van fiscale vakken, zoals bijvoorbeeld bij de onderdelen Onderneming en Belastingheffing c.s. en Particulieren en Belastingheffing. Naast de nationale weten regelgeving wordt nadrukkelijk aandacht besteed aan internationaal en Europees belastingrecht. Er is ruime aandacht voor de fiscale problematiek waarmee multinationals en samenwerkingsverbanden in het MKB, alsmede hun aandeelhouders/eigenaren en werknemers worden geconfronteerd. In de opleiding wordt veelvuldig met casusposities gewerkt. Via die casusposities wordt op geïntegreerde wijze diepgaande en specialistische kennis van de vakgebieden aangeboden en wordt van studenten gevraagd kritisch naar oplossingen te zoeken voor deze complexe fiscaal economische vraagstukken. De afstudeeropdracht is meer dan de bachelorafstudeeropdracht gericht op conceptueel onderzoek, waarin een brede afweging wordt gemaakt van theorieën en methoden van onderzoek, uitgaande van een bepaalde vraagstelling. In de meeste gevallen wordt de afstudeeropdracht begeleid vanuit de Faculteit Rechtsgeleerdheid, de tweede beoordelaar is afkomstig van FEB.

Het instroommoment is 1 september. Later instromen is mogelijk, maar niet goed studeerbaar in verband met de opbouw van het programma.


De opleiding sluit uitstekend aan op de eisen van de beroepspraktijk. In zijn algemeenheid kan worden gesteld dat fiscaal economen die tevens de masteropleiding Fiscale Economie hebben afgerond, voornamelijk functies vervullen bij belastingadviesbureaus, accountantskantoren, de belastingdienst en fiscale afdelingen van ondernemingen (multinationals en MKB; en niet alleen in Nederland maar ook in het buitenland). Voorts vinden fiscaal economen hun werkkring bij het Ministerie van Financiën, bij de Europese Unie en bij internationale organisaties zoals de OECD, waar meer algemene taken met betrekking tot belastingwetgeving of belastingheffing worden vervuld. Enkelen vinden hun werkkring in het onderwijs of bij de universiteit. Met een masterdiploma hebben afgestudeerden toegang tot posities op een hoger niveau dan afgestudeerde bachelors. Binnen de belastingdienst gaat het dan om meer beleidsbepalende functies en functies op het hogere controleniveau. Bij de belastingadvieskantoren gaat het eveneens om meer beleidsbepalende


mailto:m.c.christen%40rug.nl?subject=


89


functies en functies op hoger adviesniveau. Vanuit dit soort ondernemingen wordt door afgestudeerde masterstudenten vaak nog een aanvullende opleiding gevolgd, bijvoorbeeld bij de Nederlandse Orde van Belastingadviseurs (NOB) of het College van Belastingadviseurs (CB).

D.9.2. Overzicht studieprogramma


Opleiding: MSc Fiscale EconomieStudiejaar: 1

sem vaknaam vakcode EC V/K taal1.1-2 Onderneming en Belastingheffing C.S. RGMFI00107 7 V NL1.1-2 Particulieren en Belastingheffing c.s. RGMFI00106 6 V NL1.1 Public Choice voor FE EBM841B05 5 V NL1.1 Tax Accounting EBM861B06 6 V NL1.2 Financiering III A&C/FE EBM864B05 5 V NL2.1-2 Masterafstudeerwerkstuk Fiscale Economie EBM875A20 20 V NL2.1 Internationaal & Europees Belastingrecht RGMFI00306 6 V NL2.1 Law and Economics voor FE EBM105B05 5 V NL


Regels en keuzes MSc Fiscale EconomieMastervoorlichting November en maartToelatingseis master • BSc Fiscale Economie, of

• BSc Fiscaal Recht (met aanvullende eisen, meer info bij de programmacoördinator en/of studieadviseur)

Instroommoment master 1 september (later mogelijk, maar niet goed studeerbaar i.v.m. opbouw studieprogramma).

Ingangseisen mastervakken Zie de vakbeschrijvingen in Ocasys.Ingangseisen masterafstudeerwerkstuk • het masterprogramma is goedgekeurd

en• ≥ 20 EC van het masterprogramma (inclusief

vrijstellingen) is behaald.Goedkeuring vakkenpakket Aanvragen via Progress, uiterlijk 6 weken vóór de

start van het masterafstudeerwerkstuk. Zie ook de informatie op FEB intranet.




90

D.10. MSc Human Resource Management


Programme Director: t.b.a.Secretary: • Ms C.R. Teuben,

[email protected], (050) 363 4288• Ms H.I. Meijer,

[email protected], (050) 363 4288Study advisor(s): Student Support Desk,

http://www.rug.nl/feb/education/support/masterstudent Language: English

Content

Graduates of the Master of Science in Human Resource Management (HRM) will be able to define, analyse and evaluate problems and issues related to the management of work and employment of people in organizations. They acquire rigorous academic knowledge and scientific skills to consider and explore how HRM policies and practices can be developed and applied to ensure the availability, employability, commitment and vitality of employees needed to accomplish organizational goals.The main courses are Strategic Human Resource Management, Leadership, Work Design & Team Processes, Research & Professional Skills for HRM, Labour Law and Personnel Instruments. The focus of the courses is on understanding and applying theories and principles that research has shown to advance the management of human resources in organizations. They practice adopting this research-based approach when they conduct their own research projects during the programme.

The MSc Human Resource Management starts twice a year: September and February.

Career prospects

Graduates are highly employable and find a broad variety of jobs in HRM-related domains in all kinds of companies and organizations. Some examples of positions are: junior human resource manager, recruitment and selection officer, training and development officer, personnel consultant, organizational advisor, or policy officer for personnel affairs. If graduates want to continue their career in the academic field, they can opt for taking an additional Research Master programme and, subsequently, a PhD position at FEB or another university.



Programme: MSc Human Resource Management/HRMYear: 1Profile: core programme MSc HRM

mailto:c.r.teuben%40rug.nl?subject=

mailto:h.i.meijer%40rug.nl%2C?subject=


91



electives MSc HRM (see list) 10 C EN

1.1 Strategic HRM EBM011A05 5 C EN1.11.1

• HRM & International Labour Law or• HRM & Nederlands arbeidsrecht

EBM733A05EBM016A05

55

EG AEG A

ENNL

1.2 Leadership EBM072A05 5 C EN1.2 Research & Professional Skills for HRM EBM009B05 5 C EN2.1-2 Master’s Thesis HRM EBM722B20 20 C EN2.1 Work Design and Team Processes EBM012A05 5 C EN2.2 Personnel Instruments EBM014A05 5 C EN

NB • Students choose 5 EC from elective group A.• Students choose 10 EC from ‘electives MSc HRM’ (see list). They also may choose the

course from elective group A they have not already taken.• If you start the MSc HRM in February please note the following changes:

◦ HRM & International Labour Law in sem. IIa ◦ HRM & Nederlands Arbeidsrecht in sem. II a ◦ Research & Professional Skills for HRM in sem. II b ◦ Master’s Thesis HRM in sem. I

Programme: MSc Human Resource Management/HRMYear: 1Profile: electives MSc HRM

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1 Business Ethics EBM043A05 5 E EN1.1 Organization Design (MSc) EBM049A05 5 E EN1.2 Business Process Innovation and Change EBM044A05 5 E EN1.2 Personnel Economics EBM678A05 5 E EN2.1 Conflict Man. & Industrial Relations EBM673A05 5 E EN2.1 Innovation in Healthcare Organizations EBM047A05 5 E EN2.2 Behavioural Perspectives on Corp. Gov. EBM023A05 5 E EN2.2 Innovation & Entrepreneurship EBM621A05 5 E EN2.2 Service Operations EBM634A05 5 E EN


Rules and choices MSc in Human Resource ManagementMaster’s information days November and MarchEntry requirements for the Master’s degree programme

• Bachelor’s degree in ◦ Business Administration, or ◦ Business Economics, or ◦ Economics and Business Economics, or ◦ International Business, or ◦ Technology Management


92

or• completed Pre-MSc HRM programme, and • sufficient command of English.For entry requirements with other bachelor’s degrees, see Section 5 of the MSc OER.






• The Master’s programme has been approved,and• at least 20 ECs from the Master’s programme

have been obtained (including the ‘Research & Professional Skills for HRM’ course)

Approval of the Master’s programme Apply via Progress, no later than 6 weeks before starting the Master’s Thesis. See the information on the FEB intranet.



93


D.11. MSc International Business and Management


Programme Director: Prof. S. Brakman, [email protected], (050) 363 3746

Programme Coordinator: H.A. Ritsema, [email protected], (050) 363 3844


Secretary: Secretariat Global Economics and Management, [email protected], (050) 363 3458


Language: English

Content

The MSc International Business and Management degree programme focuses on the business and management aspects related to a multinational enterprise. Graduates have advanced academic knowledge and understanding of management and leadership issues within multinational companies, international business strategy and comparative institutional approaches. They have specific research skills that are crucial to management’s ability to analyse new environments and pertinent developments and the necessary social communication skills to operate in an international context.

The programme starts with two compulsory courses in the fields of International Business Strategy and Comparative Environmental Analysis. In addition students select three core electives in such areas as Institutional Analysis, International Strategic Alliances, Finance, etc. and two electives. All core electives have an international and/or comparative approach. By selecting electives in a specific way, they can pursue their own interests.Moreover, students take part in a Research Seminar with the objective of acquiring the specific research skills that are crucial to management’s ability to analyse new environments and pertinent developments and to prepare them for writing the Master’s Thesis that is written to complete their MSc.

The MSc International Business and Management starts twice a year: September and February.

Double Degree programmes

IB&M offers the following Double Degree programmes:• with the Newcastle University Business School, Newcastle: Advanced International

Business Management & Marketing (AIBM&M:) MSc in International Business and Management (University of Groningen) and MA in Advanced International Business Management (Newcastle University Business School) and

• with the Fudan University, Shanghai: China and the World Economy: MSc in International Business and Management (University of Groningen) and MA in Applied Economics (Fudan University, Shanghai).

mailto:s.brakman%40rug.nl?subject=






94

The IB&M Double Degree programmes have one entry date: September.For further information see section F.4.1 and F.6.1

Career Prospects

The MSc International Business and Management degree programme is focused on the business and management aspects related to the multinational enterprise. Graduates will have advanced academic knowledge and understanding of management and leadership issues within multinational companies, international business strategy and comparative institutional approaches. They will have specific research skills that are crucial to management’s ability to analyse new environments and pertinent developments and the necessary social communication skills to operate in an international context. Upon completion of the programme, graduates can take up positions in (multinational) corporations and (international) governmental organizations. Alternatively, they might opt for an academic career as PhD researcher.



Programme: MSc International Business & Management/IB&MYear: 1Profile: core programme MSc IB&M


electives A MSc IB&M (see list) 15 C EN

1.1-2 + 2.1-2

electives B MSc IB&M (see list) 10 C EN

1.1 Comparative Environmental Analysis EBM084B05 5 C EN1.1 International Business Strategy (MSc) EBM088A05 5 C EN1.2 Research Seminar for IB&M EBM718B05 5 C EN2.1-2 Master’s Thesis IB&M EBM719A20 20 C EN

NB • Students choose 15 EC from ‘electives A MSc IB&M’ (see list).• Students choose 10 EC from ‘electives B MSc IB&M’ (see list) and/or courses from

‘electives A MSc IB&M’ (see list) which they have not already taken.• If you start the MSc IB&M in February please note the following changes:

◦ International Business Strategy (MSc) in sem. IIa, ◦ Research Seminar for IB&M in sem. IIb, ◦ Master’s Thesis IB&M in sem. I.

Programme: MSc International Business & Management/IB&MYear: 1Profile: electives A MSc IB&M

95


sem course title code EC C/E lang1.2 International Corporate Finance EBM098A05 5 E EN1.2 International Strategic Alliances EBM090A05 5 E EN2.1 Comparative Corporate Governance EBM083A05 5 E EN2.1 International Entrepreneurship EBM089A05 5 E EN2.2 Corporate Soc.Resp. & Global Value Chain EBM149A05 5 E EN2.2 Emerging Markets (MSc) EBM085A05 5 E EN

Programme: MSc International Business & Management/IB&MYear: 1Profile: electives B MSc IB&M

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1 Business Ethics EBM043A05 5 E EN1.1 Competitiveness of Firms and Nations EBM092A05 5 E EN1.1 Developing for Markets EBM062A05 5 E EN1.1 Foreign Dir. Investment & Trade (MSc) EBM086A05 5 E EN1.1 Growth and Development Policies EBM095A05 5 E EN1.1 International Banking and Finance EBM096A05 5 E EN1.1 IT Governance EBM048A05 5 E EN1.1 Organization Design (MSc) EBM049A05 5 E EN1.1 Retail Marketing EBM880A05 5 E EN1.2 Brand & Product Management EBM073A05 5 E EN1.2 Business Process Innovation and Change EBM044A05 5 E EN1.2 Economic Growth in History EBM101A05 5 E EN1.2 Financial Reporting (MSc) EBM045A05 5 E EN1.2 Healthcare Operations EBM034A05 5 E EN1.2 Managerial Decision Making and Control EBM027A05 5 E EN1.2 Operations Management in Proc. Industry EBM725C05 5 E EN1.2 Responsible Finance and Investing EBM071A05 5 E EN1.2 Strategic Management & Technology EBM051A05 5 E EN1.2 Trade, Environment and Growth EBM097A05 5 E EN2.1 Conflict Man. & Industrial Relations EBM673A05 5 E EN2.1 Consumer Psychology EBM074A05 5 E EN2.1 Economic Geography EBM094A05 5 E EN2.1 Marketing Communication EBM078A05 5 E EN2.1 Monetary Policy and Financial Regulation EBM107A05 5 E EN2.1 Policies for a Dynamic Economy EBM065A05 5 E EN2.1 Process Improvement and Change EBM036B05 5 E EN2.1 Purchasing EBM037A05 5 E EN2.1 Working Capital Management EBM645A05 5 E EN2.2 B2B Marketing EBM808B05 5 E EN2.2 Behavioural Perspectives on Corp. Gov. EBM023A05 5 E EN2.2 Country Studies EBM093A05 5 E EN2.2 Economics of Regulating Markets EBM148A05 5 E EN


96

2.2 Finance and Development EBM069A05 5 E EN2.2 Franchising EBM046A05 5 E EN2.2 Innovation & Entrepreneurship EBM621A05 5 E EN2.2 Service Operations EBM634A05 5 E EN


Rules and choices MSc in International Business and ManagementMaster’s information days November and MarchEntry requirements for the Master’s degree programme


or• completed Pre-MSc IB&M programme, and • sufficient command of English.For entry requirements with other bachelor’s degrees, see Section 5 of the MSc OER.


1 September and 1 FebruaryThe double degree programmes only start in September.



MSc IB&M courses The courses offered in semester 1 are different from the courses offered in semester 2. Compulsory courses are offered in both semesters, (core) electives are offered once a year. Besides compulsory courses students choose electives A and electives B. Students who take part in a double degree programme must obey specific rules with respect to the course selection.



have been obtained (including the ‘Research Seminar for IB&M’ course).

Master’s Thesis starting dates Students can start with their Master’s Thesis and the related ‘Research Seminar for IB&M’ course twice a year, in September and in February. Student will have to register on Progress in semester I already




97


D.12. MSc International Economics and Business


Programme Director: Prof. S. Brakman, [email protected], (050) 363 3746

Programme coordinator: Dr. E.H. van Leeuwen, [email protected], (050) 363 3744

Secretariat: Global Economics and Management, [email protected], (050) 363 3458


Language: English

Content

The MSc programme in International Economics and Business (IE&B) aims to train students in strategic analysis and decision-making in national and international corporations and public organizations, such as financial institutions, consultancy firms, government agencies and the like. In doing so, the MSc IE&B has a strong focus on one integrative topic, i.e. firm behaviour in relation to the world economy. Students will acquire the very latest knowledge on topics like international trade, fragmentation of the production process, economic geography, innovation theory, global labour markets, international business strategy and international finance and banking. The main analytical building blocks are (generalized) transaction cost theory, international economics, the theory of business systems, comparative institutional theory and the theory of banking and of international capital flows. After graduating, students will be able to apply this knowledge in different settings and interpret the interrelationship between the knowledge areas.

The MSc International Economics and Business starts twice a year: September and February.

Students of the MSc IE&B can focus on one of two themes - ‘Globalization, Growth and Development’ and ‘International Capital and Globalization’ - by choosing certain specific electives (see D.12.2 and Ocasys) and writing their master’s thesis on a topic from that theme. Students receive a certificate as a supplement to their degree, indicating that in their master studies they have specialized in one of these two themes. All students take part in a Research Seminar which prepares them for writing the Master’s Thesis. The theme Globalization, Growth and Development aims to provide the student with a thorough understanding of recent aspects of globalization. The global production system is increasingly becoming more fragmented. This raises some important questions. Where is manufacturing located? In developed or developing countries? And do fragments have a natural home-base, for example, R&D in developed countries and assembly in developing countries? Some firms participate in this process, others do not. What determines the internationalization choices of firms? More inter-country specialization has consequences for local labour markets. Are labour markets becoming increasingly specialized? Are they becoming more globally integrated, just as commodity markets. In the theme ‘Globalization, Growth and Development’ students will learn to use tools and methods to answer these and related questions and to independently carry out analyses of globalization.Students in the theme Globalization, Growth and Development take the following



mailto:gem.feb%40rug.nl?subject=



98

electives: Growth and Development Policies (EBM095A05), Trade, Environment and Growth (EBM097A05), Economic Geography (EBM094A05), Country Studies (EBM093A05), Global Finance and Growth (EBM150A05) OR Economic Growth in History (EBM101A05) OR Finance and Development (EBM069A05)For Country Studies a topic from the theme has to be selected.

The last decade has seen large growth in domestic financial markets and in international capital flows. There has been high economic growth with increasing financial fragility since the 1990s worldwide. This was followed by credit crises and recessions in much of the Western world since 2007 and the threat of crisis elsewhere (e.g. China). In the theme International Capital and Globalization students analyse these developments based on theories of banking, financial markets, international capital flows and exchange rates. Typical questions that will be discussed and analysed include the following. How have financial markets and their regulation changed in recent decades? How have exchange rate and capital flows policies changes, including optimal currency areas such as the Eurozone? When is financial development good for economic growth and stability and when does it lead to financial crisis and recession? When do international capital flows contribute to an economy and when do they harm an economy? What caused the Euro crisis and how do we evaluate alternative solutions? How do economic models deal with each of these questions? The profile International Capital and Globalization is on the interface of theory and application. Students will obtain an overview over current ways of thinking about the impact of finance on the economy and the international dimensions of that relation. Upon completion of this theme, you will be able to carry out a hands-on analysis of the above questions. Students in the theme International Capital and Globalization take the following electives: International Banking and Finance (EBM096A05), Global Finance and Growth (EBM150A05), Country Studies (EBM093A05), International Corporate Finance (EBM098A05) AND/OR Monetary Policy and Financial Regulation (EBM107A05) OR/AND Finance and Development (EBM069A05) For Country Studies a topic from the theme has to be selected.

Double degree programmes

IE&B offers the following Double Degree programmes :• with the Georg-August-Universität Göttingen:

MSc in International Economics and Business (IE&B, RUG) and MA in International Economics (Georg-August-Universität Göttingen);

• with the Corvinus University Budapest: MSc in International Economics and Business (IE&B, RUG) and MA in International Economy and Business (Corvinus University Budapest) and

• with the Fudan University Shanghai: China and the World Economy: MSc in International Economics and Business (IE&B, RUG) and MA in Applied Economics (Fudan).

The IE&B Double Degree programmes have one entry date: September.For further information see sections F.3.1, F.4.1 and F.5.1.

Career prospects

Graduate of the MSc IE&B will be able to take up positions in internationally oriented firms (banks, multinationals), international organizations (World Bank, IMF, EU) and internationally oriented departments of government agencies. The programme is focused on developing the kind of skills and abilities needed by those who work

99


as professional economists and economic advisers. Next to a solid understanding of business strategy, international economics and quantitative research methods, the ongoing globalization of economic policy and business strategy does require an MSc graduate to have distinct professional capabilities. The diversity of international organizations requires the ability to function in international and multicultural teams so as to add value to the organization. The MSc IE&B offers a consistent international setting both in terms of content and organizations at high level. Occasionally, graduates are selected to participate in high level contract research activities of international organizations, such as the Conference Board (New York) and the International Labour Organization (ILO, Geneva). Professionals from international organizations are actively invited to provide guest lectures and some members of the academic staff have strong relationships with international research and consultancy institutes or policy advice centres (such as the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD), World Bank, The Conference Board, CESifo institute Munich, the Social and Economic Council of the Netherlands, The Netherlands’ Bureau for Economic Policy Analysis (CPB) and Towers Watson Netherlands)



Programme: MSc International Economics & Business/IE&BYear: 1Profile: core programme MSc IE&B


electives A MSc IE&B 15 C EN

1.1-2 + 2.1-2

electives B MSc IE&B 10 C EN

1.1 Competitiveness of Firms and Nations EBM092A05 5 C EN1.1 Foreign Dir. Investment & Trade (MSc) EBM086A05 5 C EN1.2 Research Seminar for IE&B EBM846B05 5 C EN2.1-2 Master’s Thesis IE&B EBM868A20 20 C EN

NB • Students choose 15 EC from ‘electives A MSc IE&B’ (see list).• Students choose 10 EC from ‘electives B MSc IE&B’ (see list) and/or courses from

‘electives A MSc IE&B’ (see list) which they have not already taken.• If you start the MSc IE&B in February please note the following changes:

◦ Foreign Dir. Investment & Trade (MSc) in sem. IIa. ◦ Competitiveness in Firms and Nations in sem. IIa, ◦ Research Seminar for IE&B in sem. IIb, ◦ Master’s Thesis IE&B in sem. I.

Programme: MSc International Economics & Business/IE&BYear: 1Profile: electives A MSc IE&B


100

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1 Growth and Development Policies EBM095A05 5 E EN1.1 International Banking and Finance EBM096A05 5 E EN1.2 Global Finance and Growth EBM150A05 5 E EN

1.2 Trade, Environment and Growth EBM097A05 5 E EN2.1 Economic Geography EBM094A05 5 E EN2.2 Country Studies EBM093A05 5 E EN

NB • Students focusing on ‘Globalization, Growth and Development’ have to take the following electives: Growth and Development Policies (EBM095A05), Trade, Environment and Growth (EBM097A05), Economic Geography (EBM094A05) and Country Studies (EBM093A05)

• Students focusing on ‘International Capital and Globalization’ have to take the following electives: International Banking and Finance (EBM096A05), Global Finance and Growth (EBM150A05) and Country Studies (EBM093A05).

• Students choosing ‘Globalization, Growth and Development’ or ‘International Capital and Globalization’ receive a certificate as a supplement to their degree, indicating that in their master studies they have specialized in one of these two themes.

Programme: MSc International Economics & Business/IE&BYear: 1Profile: electives B MSc IE&B

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1 Business Ethics EBM043A05 5 E EN1.1 Comparative Environmental Analysis EBM084B05 5 E EN1.1 Dependence & Extremes in Risk Management EBM113A05 5 E EN1.1 Developing for Markets EBM062A05 5 E EN1.1 HRM & International Labour Law EBM733A05 5 E EN1.2 Brand & Product Management EBM073A05 5 E EN1.2 Economic Growth in History EBM101A05 5 E EN1.2 International Corporate Finance EBM098A05 5 E EN1.2 International Risk Management EBM099A05 5 E EN1.2 International Strategic Alliances EBM090A05 5 E EN1.2 Managerial Decision Making and Control EBM027A05 5 E EN1.2 Responsible Finance and Investing EBM071A05 5 E EN1.2 Strategic Management & Technology EBM051A05 5 E EN2.1 Comparative Corporate Governance EBM083A05 5 E EN2.1 Conflict Man. & Industrial Relations EBM673A05 5 E EN2.1 International Entrepreneurship EBM089A05 5 E EN2.1 Monetary Policy and Financial Regulation EBM107A05 5 E EN2.2 Behavioural Finance & Personal Investing EBM806B05 5 E EN2.2 Economics of Regulating Markets EBM148A05 5 E EN2.2 Emerging Markets (MSc) EBM085A05 5 E EN2.2 Finance and Development EBM069A05 5 E EN2.2 Innovation & Entrepreneurship EBM621A05 5 E EN

101


NB • Students focusing on ‘Globalization, Growth and Development’ have to take 1 of the following electives: Economic Growth in History (EBM101A05), Finance and Development (EBM069A05) or Global Finance and Growth (EBM150A05, see electives MSC IE&B A).

• Students focusing on ‘International Capital and Globalization’ have to take 2 of the following electives: International Corporate Finance (EBM098A05), Monetary Policy and Financial Regulation (EBM107A05) or Finance and Development (EBM069A05).

• Students choosing ‘Globalization, Growth and Development’ or ‘International Capital and Globalization’ receive a certificate as a supplement to their degree, indicating that in their master studies they have specialized in one of these two themes.

D.12.3. Rulesandchoices

Rules and choices MSc in International Economics and BusinessMaster’s information days November and MarchEntry requirements for the Master’s degree programme


or• completed Pre-MSc IE&B programme, and • sufficient command of English.For entry requirements with other bachelor’s degrees, see Section 5 of the MSc OER.


1 September and 1 FebruaryThe double degree programmes only start in September.



MSc IE&B courses The courses offered in semester 1 are different from the courses offered in semester 2. Some compulsory courses are offered in both semesters, other courses are offered once a year. Students who take part in a double degree programme must obey specific rules with respect to the course selection.



have been obtained. Approval of the Master’s programme Apply via Progress, no later than 6 weeks before





102

D.13. MSc International Financial Management



Programme Coordinator: Dr W. Westerman, [email protected], (050) 363 37088

Secretariat: Ms E.T.Jelsema, [email protected]. (050) 3633685


Language: English

Content

The aim of the MSc degree programme in International Financial Management is to equip graduates with knowledge, understanding and skills required to define, analyse and evaluate real and complex international financial management problems on both a societal level as well as on the level of companies and institutions and to design solutions for these problems. They will have advanced academic knowledge of theoretical concepts in (international) financial management and they will be able to apply research methods, to analyse and to solve financial problems multinational companies are faced with. Moreover, they will have advanced knowledge in a selected number of specific sub-fields in international financial management, such as international corporate finance, international risk management and international management accounting and control. In addition, they will also acquire advanced knowledge of different aspects of international business and the international economic environment in which multinational companies operate. Finally, they will have the opportunity to broaden the scope of their studies by selecting two electives from a list of other MSc programmes, e.g. Economics, Econometrics, Finance, International Economics and Business Administration.

As part of the programme the Research Methods in Finance course is offered, which is compulsory for all students in International Financial Management. It is a Master course in quantitative research in finance and focuses on the knowledge and techniques that are necessary to conduct a research project in international financial management issues. As such, it provides a good background to the final research project, i.e. writing a master’s thesis of 20 ECs.

During the programme, students will develop both academic and professional skills. With respect to academic skills, the programme focuses on collecting and analysing data, planning and designing a research project and academic writing. Examples of professional skills are computer model building for business decisions, presenting in public, identifying and analysing problems and working in teams.

The MSc degree programme International Financial Management is offered in two variants:• A one-year programme in Groningen, leading to the MSc International Financial

Management.• An 18 month Double Degree programme, together with Uppsala University, leading

to the MSc International Financial Management (RUG) and the MSc in Business


mailto:w.westerman%40rug.nl?subject=

mailto:e.t.jelsema%40rug.nl?subject=


103


and Economics (Uppsala University). At Uppsala University students will extend their studies in International Financial Management by one additional semester (30 ECs), attending four courses within the field.

For further information see section F.8.1.

The MSc International Financial Management starts twice a year: September and February. The Double Degree programme starts in September only.

Career prospects

After successful completion of the MSc programme International Financial Management, graduates will be able to take up positions in which they contribute as a specialist in international financial management to decision-making in multinational companies and financial institutions, consultancy firms, multinational public organizations.



Programme: MSc International Financial Management/IFMYear: 1Profile: core programme MSc IFM


electives MSc IFM (see list) 10 C EN

1.1 International Business Strategy (MSc) EBM088A05 5 C EN1.1 International Man. Accounting & Control EBM662A05 5 C EN1.1 Research Methods in Finance EBM070A05 5 C EN1.2 Financial Reporting (MSc) EBM045A05 5 C EN1.2 International Corporate Finance EBM098A05 5 C EN1.2 International Risk Management EBM099A05 5 C EN2.1-2 Master’s Thesis IFM EBM022A20 20 C EN

NB • Students choose 10 EC from ‘electives MSc IFM’ (see list).• If you start the MSc IFM in February please note the following changes:

◦ International Business Strategy (MSc) in sem. IIa, ◦ Research Methods in Finance in sem. IIa, ◦ Financial Reporting (MSc) in sem. IIb, ◦ International Corporate Finance in sem. IIb, ◦ Master’s Thesis IFM in sem. I.

Programme: MSc International Financial Management/IFMYear: 1Profile: electives MSc IFM


104

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1 Business Ethics EBM043A05 5 E EN1.1 Competitiveness of Firms and Nations EBM092A05 5 E EN1.1 Dependence & Extremes in Risk Management EBM113A05 5 E EN1.1 Growth and Development Policies EBM095A05 5 E EN1.1 International Banking and Finance EBM096A05 5 E EN1.1 IT Governance EBM048A05 5 E EN1.1 Organization Design (MSc) EBM049A05 5 E EN1.2 Business Process Innovation and Change EBM044A05 5 E EN1.2 Economic Growth in History EBM101A05 5 E EN1.2 International Strategic Alliances EBM090A05 5 E EN1.2 Responsible Finance and Investing EBM071A05 5 E EN1.2 Strategic Management & Technology EBM051A05 5 E EN1.2 Trade, Environment and Growth EBM097A05 5 E EN2.1 Comparative Corporate Governance EBM083A05 5 E EN2.1 Economic Geography EBM094A05 5 E EN2.1 Microeconomics of Household Behaviour EBM106A05 5 E EN2.1 Monetary Policy and Financial Regulation EBM107A05 5 E EN2.1 Working Capital Management EBM645A05 5 E EN2.2 Behavioural Finance & Personal Investing EBM806B05 5 E EN2.2 Country Studies EBM093A05 5 E EN2.2 Economics of Regulating Markets EBM148A05 5 E EN2.2 Emerging Markets (MSc) EBM085A05 5 E EN2.2 Finance and Development EBM069A05 5 E EN2.2 Franchising EBM046A05 5 E EN


Rules and choices MSc in International Financial Management (IFM)Master’s information days November and MarchEntry requirements for the Master’s degree programme

• Bachelor’s degree in ◦ Business Administration, or ◦ Business Economics, or ◦ Economics and Business

Economics, or ◦ International Business, or ◦ Technology Management

or• completed Pre-MSc IFM programme, and • sufficient command of English.For entry requirements with other bachelor’s degrees, see Section 5 of the MSc OER.

Starting dates for the Master’s degree pro-gramme


Entry requirements for Master’s courses Consult the course descriptions in Ocasys.


105


Entry requirements for the Master’s Thesis • The Master’s programme has been approved

and• at least 20 ECs from the Master’s

programme have been obtained (including the ‘Research Methods in Finance’ course).




106

D.14. MSc Marketing


Programme Director: Prof. K. van Ittersum, [email protected], (050) 363 6639

Programme Coordinator: Dr J.A. Voerman, [email protected], (050) 363 7069

Secretariat Ms A. Bolhuis, [email protected], (050) 363 7065


Language: English

Content

Marketing is about building relations between an organization and its customers. Marketing is relevant for many different types of organizations, including those operating in the field of services and goods, profit and non-profit organizations and for instance business-to-consumers and business-to-business organizations. Understanding customers, building a strong brand & reputation and performing activities to improve customer satisfaction and sales are important parts of marketing. To optimally execute the marketing function and to develop successful marketing strategies, it is critical to understand the customer and the underlying psychological processes in decision-making. To generate customer insights and understand their decision making process, marketing intelligence and consumer research are essential.

An example of a strong brand is Coca Cola, with its unique distribution network stretching from the beach in Florida to tiny villages in the Himalayas (Place). Coca Cola introduces new tastes (Product) regularly, it has a large communication budget to spend on, for example TV advertising and sponsoring (Promotion) and it can ask premium prices (Price). Although in blind taste tests consumers have a small preference for Pepsi, Coca Cola’s market share is significantly larger due to better marketing. Another example is Tesco, a leading UK retailer. They analyse the massive data arising from their loyalty program, to develop customized promotions targeted at individual customers. Moreover, they use these data to in assortment decision etc.

The philosophy of the Groningen Department of Marketing is that a good and in-depth understanding of the customer is essential for creating a sustainable competitive advantage. Therefore, in the Master Programme, the most recent developments in the area of marketing are taught during lectures and hands-on tutorials. Specifically, lectures, tutorials and assignments combine established marketing and consumers’ psychology theories with the latest academic insights and best business practices. Our courses are research-driven and fact-based. Furthermore, practitioners are invited to give guest lectures which relate theory to real business-life. In addition, most marketing students write their thesis in combination with a project for an organization, applying theory to a real marketing problem.

Collecting qualitative and quantitative data about customers and analysing these with appropriate methods and techniques is the starting point for finding creative ways of targeting and managing customers. This is translated into the two profiles that are offered within our marketing programme: the profile marketing management and

mailto:?subject=

mailto:j.a.voerman%40rug.nl?subject=

mailto:a.bolhuis%40rug.nl?subject=


107


the profile marketing intelligence. In each profile, students have to attend the three core courses (i.e. Strategic Marketing, Marketing Research Methods and Consumer Psychology) and write a thesis. The other 25 ECs are taken up with marketing management or marketing intelligence courses. Within the Marketing Management profile, there is also a possibility to take some electives from other departments.

The MSc Marketing starts twice a year: September and February.

Double degree programme

Marketing offers the following Double Degree programme for students in the profile Marketing Intelligence• MSc in Marketing, profile Marketing Intelligence (BS-Marketing, RUG) and

MSc in Strategic Marketing Management (BI Norwegian Business School, Oslo).The Marketing Double Degree programme has one entry date: September.For further information see section F.2.1.

Career prospects

Marketing Management• Marketing manager• Product or brand manager• Segment or account manager• Customer relations manager;• Marketing strategy consultant• Direct marketing manager• E-commerce manager• Category manager

Marketing Intelligence• Market researcher in research and consultancy companies• Market researcher within an organization• Market intelligence expert or database analyst• Customer intelligence expert• Researcher at a university (Research Master and PhD programme)



Programme: MSc MarketingYear: 1Profile: core programme Marketing Intelligence


electives MSc Marketing Intelligence 10 C EN

1.1 Marketing Research Methods EBM080A05 5 C EN


108

1.1 Strategic Marketing for MSc Marketing EBM081B05 5 C EN1.2 Marketing Engineering EBM079A05 5 C EN1.2 Market Models EBM077A05 5 C EN2.1-2 Master’s Thesis Marketing EBM867B20 20 C EN2.1 Consumer Psychology EBM074A05 5 C EN2.2 Customer Models EBM076A05 5 C EN

NB • Students choose 10 EC from ‘electives MSc Marketing Intelligence’ (see list).• If you start the MSc Marketing Intelligence in February please note the following

changes: ◦ Marketing Research Methods in sem. IIa, ◦ Master’s Thesis Marketing in semester I.

Programme: MSc MarketingYear: 1Profile: electives Marketing Intelligence

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1 Business Ethics EBM043A05 5 E EN1.1 Competitiveness of Firms and Nations EBM092A05 5 E EN1.1 Econometric Theory and Methods EBM835B05 5 E EN1.1 Organization Design (MSc) EBM049A05 5 E EN1.1 Retail Marketing EBM880A05 5 E EN1.2 Brand & Product Management EBM073A05 5 E EN1.2 Customer Management EBM075A05 5 E EN1.2 Financial Reporting (MSc) EBM045A05 5 E EN1.2 Healthcare Operations EBM034A05 5 E EN2.1 Marketing Communication EBM078A05 5 E EN2.1 Microeconomics of Household Behaviour EBM106A05 5 E EN2.1 Supply Chain Dynamics EBM147A05 5 E EN2.2 B2B Marketing EBM808B05 5 E EN2.2 Emerging Markets (MSc) EBM085A05 5 E EN2.2 Franchising EBM046A05 5 E EN2.2 Service Operations EBM634A05 5 E EN

Programme: MSc MarketingYear: 1Profile: core programme Marketing Management


electives A MSc Marketing Management 15 C EN

1.1-2 + 2.1-2

electives B MSc Marketing Management 10 C EN

1.1 Marketing Research Methods EBM080A05 5 C EN1.1 Strategic Marketing for MSc Marketing EBM081B05 5 C EN

109


2.1-2 Master’s Thesis Marketing EBM867B20 20 C EN2.1 Consumer Psychology EBM074A05 5 C EN

NB • Students choose 15 EC from ‘electives A MSc Marketing Management’ (see list).• Students choose 10 EC from ‘electives B MSc Marketing Management’ (see list). As

an alternative to selecting courses from ‘electives B MSc Marketing Management’ students may also choose courses from ‘electives A MSc Marketing Management’ which they have not already taken.

• If you start the MSc Marketing Management in February please note the following changes: ◦ Marketing Research Methods in sem. IIa, ◦ Master’s Thesis Marketing in sem. I.

Programme: MSc MarketingYear: 1Profile: electives A Marketing Management

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1 Retail Marketing EBM880A05 5 E EN1.2 Brand & Product Management EBM073A05 5 E EN1.2 Customer Management EBM075A05 5 E EN2.1 Marketing Communication EBM078A05 5 E EN2.2 B2B Marketing EBM808B05 5 E EN

Programme: MSc MarketingYear: 1Profile: electives B Marketing Management

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1 Business Ethics EBM043A05 5 E EN1.1 Competitiveness of Firms and Nations EBM092A05 5 E EN1.1 Developing for Markets EBM062A05 5 E EN1.1 Organization Design (MSc) EBM049A05 5 E EN1.2 Business Process Innovation and Change EBM044A05 5 E EN1.2 Financial Reporting (MSc) EBM045A05 5 E EN1.2 Healthcare Operations EBM034A05 5 E EN1.2 International Strategic Alliances EBM090A05 5 E EN1.2 Marketing Engineering EBM079A05 5 E EN1.2 Market Models EBM077A05 5 E EN2.1 Conflict Man. & Industrial Relations EBM673A05 5 E EN2.1 Purchasing EBM037A05 5 E EN2.1 Supply Chain Dynamics EBM147A05 5 E EN2.2 Behavioural Perspectives on Corp. Gov. EBM023A05 5 E EN2.2 Customer Models EBM076A05 5 E EN2.2 Emerging Markets (MSc) EBM085A05 5 E EN2.2 Franchising EBM046A05 5 E EN


110

2.2 Innovation & Entrepreneurship EBM621A05 5 E EN2.2 Service Operations EBM634A05 5 E EN


Rules and choices MSc in MarketingMaster’s information days November and MarchEntry requirements for the Master’s degree programme


or• completed Pre-MSc Marketing programme, and • sufficient command of English.For entry requirements with other bachelor’s degrees, see Section 5 of the MSc OER.







have been obtained (including the ‘Marketing Research Methods’ course).




111


D.15. MSc Supply Chain Management


Programme Director: Ms Prof. I.F.A. Vis, [email protected], (050) 363 7491

Programme Coordinator: Dr H. Broekhuis, [email protected], (050) 363 7288

Secretariat: Secretariat Operations, [email protected], (050) 363 7020

Information: http://www.rug.nl/masters/supply-chain-managementStudy advisor(s): Student Support Desk,

http://www.rug.nl/feb/education/support/masterstudent Language: English

Content

The aim of the Master Supply Chain Management is to educate graduates with respect to the design and coordination of supply chains and to planning and controlling logistics operations in order to deliver high quality products and services in a fast, efficient and resilient way. A supply chain can be seen as a network of organisations working together to carry out customer orders. Supply chain managers contribute to this process by managing the whole supply chain and all operations included that are related to flows of materials, information and services. Logistics has become an important tool in planning and controlling these flows. Effective supply chain management and logistics can provide a competitive advantage. Technology and ICT innovations, sustainability issues and market trends, such as increased internet sales, require changes in the management of supply chains.

Students of the academic Master Supply Chain Management will focus on the design, co-ordination of supply chains and planning and control of supply chain operations and will learn how to deal with relevant trends. Core aspects include supply chain strategies, logistics, network design, planning and control of operations in production, distribution and service environments, co-ordination and cooperation strategies and quality management and control. Graduates of this master programme are able to define, diagnose and analyse supply chain decision problems and propose and evaluate effective solutions and strategies. With a mixture of rigorous academic learning and practical application, graduates can develop supply chain theories, models, methods and best practices to increase supply chain quality, flexibility and reliability and to increase delivery speed and efficiency in the order fulfilment process. Graduates will be able to communicate results both orally and in writing to an audience of researchers and managers.

The MSc Supply Chain Management starts twice a year: September and February.

Career prospects

In this master graduates will be prepared for a career as a supply chain manager of an (international) organization, a logistics or quality manager in a production, distribution or service environment or as a consultant in the supply chain management practice. Alternatively, they might opt for an academic career and start as a PhD researcher.

mailto:i.f.a.vis%40rug.nl?subject=

mailto:h.broekhuis%40rug.nl?subject=

mailto:secr.operations.feb%40rug.nl?subject=

http://www.rug.nl/masters/supply-chain-management



112



Programme: MSc Supply Chain Management/SCMYear: 1Profile: core programme MSc SCM


electives MSc SCM (see list) 10 C EN

1.1 Logistics and Supply Chain Operations EBM035A05 5 C EN1.1 Service Operations EBM634A05 5 C EN1.1 Supply Chain Network Design EBM040A05 5 C EN1.2 Research Methods for SCM EBM038A05 5 C EN2.1-2 Master’s Thesis SCM EBM720B20 20 C EN2.1 Process Improvement and Change EBM036B05 5 C EN1.22.1

Strategic Supply Chain Management orPurchasing

EBM039A05EBM037A05

5 5

EG AEG A

ENEN

NB • Students choose 5 EC from elective group A. Note that to balance the workload you should choose Supply Chain Management if you start MSc SCM in September and Purchasing if you start in February.

• Students choose 10 EC from ‘electives MSc SCM’ (see list). They also may choose the course from elective group A they have not already taken.

• If you start the MSc SCM in February please note the following changes: ◦ Research Methods for SCM in sem. IIb, ◦ Service Operations in sem. IIb, ◦ Master’s Thesis SCM in sem. I.

Programme: MSc Supply Chain Management/SCMYear: 1Profile: electives MSc SCM


1.2 Behavioural Operations Management EBM032A05 5 E EN1.2 Business Process Innovation and Change EBM044A05 5 E EN1.2 Healthcare Operations EBM034A05 5 E EN1.2 Operations Management in Proc. Industry EBM725C05 5 E EN2.1 Innovation in Healthcare Organizations EBM047A05 5 E EN2.1 Inventory Management EBM026A05 5 E EN2.1 Supply Chain Dynamics EBM147A05 5 E EN2.2 Innovation & Entrepreneurship EBM621A05 5 E EN

113



Rules and choices MSc in Supply Chain ManagementMaster’s information days November and MarchEntry requirements for the Master’s degree programme

• Bachelor’s degree in ◦ Business Administration, or ◦ Business Economics, or ◦ Econometrics and Operations Research, or ◦ Economics and Business Economics, or ◦ International Business, or ◦ Technology Management, or ◦ Industrial Engineering and Management

or• completed Pre-MSc SCM programme, and • sufficient command of English.For entry requirements with other bachelor’s degrees, see Section 5 of the MSc OER.



Entry requirements for Master’s cours-es









114

D.16. MSc Technology and Operations Management


Programme Director: Ms Prof. I.F.A. Vis, [email protected], 050 363 7491,

Programme Coordinator: Dr J.A.C. Bokhorst, [email protected], (050) 363 4693

Secretariat: Secretariat Operations, [email protected], (050) 363 7491

Information: http://www.rug.nl/masters/technology-and-operations-management/


Language: English

Content

The MSc in Technology and Operations Management focuses on operations management aspects during the entire life cycle of products and services and on the introduction of technological innovations in organisations. The main focus is on processes that occur within the boundaries of a company, but at times also relations between companies are studied. Within the product life cycle, product design is the first step involved in putting a product in the market. A next step concerns production, which involves many choices relating to the design of processes and facilities, planning and control concepts, inventory management, etc. Once products are produced, they need to be supplied to customers. Here, distribution networks and facilities are used to deliver products to consumers. The final step is the support given to the customer while the product is in use by the customer. This aftermarket service includes warranty, parts and repair service and product replacement. Operations management aspects, in all phases, needs to be organised in an efficient way to ensure high levels of customers’ satisfaction and costs efficiency. Technology management enables organisations to create a competitive advantage.

The main programme includes the courses on Operations Management and Control, Operations Modelling and Simulation, Behavioural Operations Management, Asset Management and either Product and Service Development or Facility Design and Planning. A course on research methods provides knowledge and skills in specific research methods used in the field of technology and operations management, such as design methods and analytical quantitative methods. Next to these core courses, students will create their own profile with two elective courses. They will complete their MSc study with a master thesis project so as to prove their academic abilities. This last phase of the study offers an opportunity to produce an academic piece of work in the field of technology and operations management and to explore this area in depth. In their thesis, students will demonstrate and report in a systematic, objective and verifiable way, on the knowledge they have acquired and contributions they made in line with academic research.

Upon completing the Master Technology and Operations Management students are able to define, diagnose and analyse operations management problems in technology intensive (service) industries and develop and evaluate solution approaches and technological innovations. They will be able to develop new planning and control


mailto:j.a.c.bokhorst%40rug.nl?subject=

mailto:secr.operations.feb%40rug.nl?subject=

http://www.rug.nl/masters/technology-and-operations-management/

http://www.rug.nl/masters/technology-and-operations-management/


115


concepts to improve processes and can assess product and process innovations in terms of their possible impact on the socio-technical system of the firm. They will be able to communicate results orally and in writing both to an audience of researchers and managers.

The MSc Technology and Operations Management starts twice a year: September and February.

Double Degree programmes

MSc in Technology and Operations Management offers the following Double Degree programme:• with the Newcastle University Business School, Newcastle:

MSc in Technology and Operations Management (FEB, RUG) and MSc in Operations and Supply Chain Management (Newcastle University).

The TOM Double Degree programme has one entry date: September. Students must start the programme in the first semester in Newcastle and can only take the MSc TOM courses in the second semester, after they did the Newcastle courses. The third semester includes the master’s thesis.For further information see section F.6.3.

Career prospects

In this master programme graduates will be prepared for a career as an operations manager in a production, distribution or service environment, as a consultant in the field of innovation and/or technology, a project manager for product and/or process innovations, a product development manager, or a quality manager. Alternatively, they might opt for an academic career and start as a PhD student or you might opt for the government sector.



Programme: MSc Technology and Operations Management/TOMYear: 1Profile: core programme MSc TOM


electives MSc TOM (see list) 10 C EN

1.1 Operations Management and Control EBM041A05 5 C EN1.1 Operations Modelling and Simulation EBM029A05 5 C EN1.2 Behavioural Operations Management EBM032A05 5 C EN1.2 Research Methods for TOM EBM031A05 5 C EN2.1-2 Master’s Thesis TOM EBM766B20 20 C EN2.1 Asset Management EBM024A05 5 C EN


116

1.12.1

• Facility Design and Planning or• Product & Service Development

EBM025A05EBM760B05

55

EG AEG A

ENEN

NB • Students choose 5 EC from elective group A. Note that to balance the workload you should choose Facility Design and Planning if you start MSc TOM in September.

• Students choose 10 EC from ‘electives MSc TOM’ (see list). They also may choose the course from elective group A they have not already taken.

• If you start the MSc TOM in February please note the following changes: ◦ Behavioural Operations Management in sem. IIb, ◦ Research Methods for TOM in sem. IIb, ◦ Master’s Thesis TOM in sem. I (resulting in ‘Product & Service

Development’ to be the most logical choice for elective group A).

Programme: MSc Technology and Operations Management/TOMYear: 1Profile: electives MSc TOM

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.2 Healthcare Operations EBM034A05 5 E EN1.2 Managerial Decision Making and Control EBM027A05 5 E EN1.2 Operations Management in Proc. Industry EBM725C05 5 E EN1.2 Planning and Scheduling Methods EBM030A05 5 E EN1.2 Strategic Management & Technology EBM051A05 5 E EN2.1 Inventory Management EBM026A05 5 E EN2.1 Process Improvement and Change EBM036B05 5 E EN2.1 Purchasing EBM037A05 5 E EN2.1 Supply Chain Dynamics EBM147A05 5 E EN2.2 Innovation & Entrepreneurship EBM621A05 5 E EN2.2 Service Operations EBM634A05 5 E EN


Rules and choices MSc in Technology and Operations ManagementMaster’s information days November and MarchEntry requirements for the Master’s degree programme

• Bachelor’s degree in ◦ Business Administration, or ◦ Business Economics, or ◦ Econometrics and Operations Research, or ◦ Economics and Business Economics, or ◦ International Business, or ◦ Technology Management, or ◦ Industrial Engineering and Management

or• completed Pre-MSc TOM programme, and • sufficient command of English.For entry requirements with other bachelor’s degrees, see Section 5 of the MSc OER.



117











118

D.17. Research Master in Economics and Business


Programme Director: Dr J.T. van der Vaart, [email protected], (050) 363 7060

Programme Coordinator: Dr R.M. Jong-A-Pin, [email protected], (050) 363 3811

Research Coordinator: (e.g. information about tuition fees and applications)

Ms A.C. Koning, [email protected], (050) 363 3815

Language: English

Content

The Research Master Programme is a two-year programme focused on the best, brightest and most ambitious students. It is run by the SOM Graduate School. The aim of the programme is to train students in conducting research in Economics and/or Business. There is a strong focus on scientific and academic skills. The programme is especially designed for students who are looking for an intellectual challenge. Graduates are ideally placed to become PhD students or to obtain research positions in public or private organizations.

The Research Master Programme is selective in that only the most outstanding students are admitted. Also, the most outstanding researchers are involved in teaching this programme. These lecturers are both from Groningen and, through our participation in national and international networks, also from outside Groningen. The small scale of the programme ensures an intensive exchange of knowledge, both between lecturers and students and among students themselves. Each student is individually supervised by a renowned researcher.

The Research Master in Economics and Business starts once a year: in September.

Profiles

• Economics, Econometrics and Finance• Global Economics and Management• Human Resource Management and Organizational Behaviour• Innovation and Organization• Marketing• Operations Management and Operations Research

Admission

Bachelor’s degrees in business, economics or econometrics and operations research give access to this Master’s programme. Also motivated students with other Bachelor degrees (such as Sociology, Mathematics and Psychology) are welcome to apply. There is a selection procedure for this programme. Criteria for admission include motivation, talent, research attitude, good/excellent study results and an excellent command of English. The latter can be demonstrated by holding a degree from a Dutch university or an institution at which English is the language of instruction, or by scoring at least 92 on

mailto:j.t.van.der.vaart%40rug.nl?subject=

mailto:r.m.jong.a.pin%40rug.nl?subject=

mailto:a.c.koning%40rug.nl?subject=

119


the TOEFL (internet-based) or 6.5 on the IELTS. For students with a degree from a non-Dutch university, a GRE or GMAT test is also required.

Career prospects

Graduates from our Research Master are ideally placed to become PhD students or to obtain research positions in public or private organizations. Research Master graduates have obtained PhD positions at the universities of Antwerp (Belgium), Bocconi (Milan, Italy), Rotterdam, Sydney (Australia), Tilburg, Leiden and of course Groningen, but others have started working at, for instance, Accenture, McKinsey, the Dutch Ministry of Social Affairs and Employment and the Dutch Central Bank.



Programme: Research Master in Economics and BusinessYear: 1Profile: Profile Economics, Econometrics & Finance


1.1-2 + 2.1-2

electives A Research Master (see list) 10 C EN

1.1-2 + 2.1-2

electives B Research Master (see list) 10 C EN

1.1 Macroeconomic Theory EBM127A05 5 C EN1.1 Research in Economics and Business I EBM132A05 5 C EN1.2 Microeconomic Theory EBM128A05 5 C EN1.2 Research in Economics and Business II EBM133A05 5 C EN2.1 Monetary Theory EBM129A05 5 C EN2.1 Research in Economics and Business III EBM134A05 5 C EN2.2 Research in Economics and Business IV EBM135A05 5 C EN2.2 Theoretical Corporate Finance EBM857C05 5 C EN

Programme: Research Master in Economics and BusinessYear: 1Profile: Profile Global Economics & Management



1.1-2 + 2.1-2


1.1 International Business for ReMa EBM891B05 5 C EN1.1 Research in Economics and Business I EBM132A05 5 C EN1.2 Economic Growth and Development EBM890B05 5 C EN


120

1.2 Research in Economics and Business II EBM133A05 5 C EN2.1 Comparative Institutional Anal. for ReMa EBM122A05 5 C EN2.1 Research in Economics and Business III EBM134A05 5 C EN2.2 Recent Developments in Intern. Economics EBM131A05 5 C EN2.2 Research in Economics and Business IV EBM135A05 5 C EN

Programme: Research Master in Economics and BusinessYear: 1Profile: Profile Human Resource Management & Organizational Be-

haviour



1.1-2 + 2.1-2


1.1 Creativity and Innovation EBM124A05 5 C EN1.1 Research in Economics and Business I EBM132A05 5 C EN1.2 Leadership & Power EBM126A05 5 C EN1.2 Research in Economics and Business II EBM133A05 5 C EN2.1 Research in Economics and Business III EBM134A05 5 C EN2.1 Teamwork and Work Design EBM139A05 5 C EN2.2 Behavioural Ethics in Organizations EBM120A05 5 C EN2.2 Research in Economics and Business IV EBM135A05 5 C EN

Programme: Research Master in Economics and BusinessYear: 1Profile: Profile Innovation & Organization


1.1-2 + 2.1-2


1.1-2 + 2.1-2


1.1 Organizing Innovation & Change for ReMa EBM018A05 5 C EN1.1 Research in Economics and Business I EBM132A05 5 C EN1.2 Organization Theory for ReMa EBM017A05 5 C EN1.2 Research in Economics and Business II EBM133A05 5 C EN2.1 Managing Inf. & Control for Innovation EBM019A05 5 C EN2.1 Research in Economics and Business III EBM134A05 5 C EN2.2 Inter-Firm Cooperation for Innovation EBM020A05 5 C EN2.2 Research in Economics and Business IV EBM135A05 5 C EN

Programme: Research Master in Economics and BusinessYear: 1Profile: Profile Marketing

121



1.1-2 + 2.1-2


1.1-2 + 2.1-2


1.1 Marketing Theory EBM894A05 5 C EN1.1 Research in Economics and Business I EBM132A05 5 C EN1.2 Consumer Research EBM123A05 5 C EN1.2 Research in Economics and Business II EBM133A05 5 C EN2.1 Advanced Market Response Modelling EBM119A05 5 C EN2.1 Research in Economics and Business III EBM134A05 5 C EN2.2 Advanced Consumer Choice Modelling EBM118A05 5 C EN2.2 Research in Economics and Business IV EBM135A05 5 C EN

Programme: Research Master in Economics and BusinessYear: 1Profile: Profile Operations Management & Operations Research



1.1-2 + 2.1-2


1.1 Analysis and Planning of Operations EBM770C05 5 C EN1.1 Research in Economics and Business I EBM132A05 5 C EN1.2 Advanced Models in Operations EBM001A05 5 C EN1.2 Research in Economics and Business II EBM133A05 5 C EN2.1 Research in Economics and Business III EBM134A05 5 C EN2.1 Supply Chain Management Research EBM137A05 5 C EN2.2 Research in Economics and Business IV EBM135A05 5 C EN2.2 Service Operations Research EBM136A05 5 C EN

Programme: Research Master in Economics and BusinessYear: 1Profile: electives A Research Master

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1 Analysis and Planning of Operations EBM770C05 5 E EN1.1 Creativity and Innovation EBM124A05 5 E EN1.1 International Business for ReMa EBM891B05 5 E EN1.1 Macroeconomic Theory EBM127A05 5 E EN1.1 Marketing Theory EBM894A05 5 E EN1.1 Organizing Innovation & Change for ReMa EBM018A05 5 E EN


122

1.2 Advanced Models in Operations EBM001A05 5 E EN1.2 Consumer Research EBM123A05 5 E EN1.2 Economic Growth and Development EBM890B05 5 E EN1.2 Leadership & Power EBM126A05 5 E EN1.2 Microeconomic Theory EBM128A05 5 E EN1.2 Organization Theory for ReMa EBM017A05 5 E EN2.1 Advanced Market Response Modelling EBM119A05 5 E EN2.1 Comparative Institutional Anal. for ReMa EBM122A05 5 E EN2.1 Managing Inf. & Control for Innovation EBM019A05 5 E EN2.1 Monetary Theory EBM129A05 5 E EN2.1 Supply Chain Management Research EBM137A05 5 E EN2.1 Teamwork and Work Design EBM139A05 5 E EN2.2 Advanced Consumer Choice Modelling EBM118A05 5 E EN2.2 Behavioural Ethics in Organizations EBM120A05 5 E EN2.2 Inter-Firm Cooperation for Innovation EBM020A05 5 E EN2.2 Recent Developments in Intern. Economics EBM131A05 5 E EN2.2 Service Operations Research EBM136A05 5 E EN2.2 Theoretical Corporate Finance EBM857C05 5 E EN

Programme: Research Master in Economics and BusinessYear: 1Profile: electives B Research Master

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1 Multivariate Data Analysis EBM895A05 5 E EN1.2 Experimental Research Design EBM125A05 5 E EN2.1 Applied Macroeconometrics EBM109A05 5 E EN2.1 Applied Microeconometrics EBM110A05 5 E EN2.1 Survey Research EBM138A05 5 E EN2.2 Case Study Research EBM121A05 5 E EN2.2 Productivity and Efficiency Analysis EBM130A05 5 E EN

Programme: Research Master in Economics and BusinessYear: 2


additional MSc courses (s.t. approval) 30 C EN

2.1-2 Master’s Thesis RM E&B EBM897A30 30 C EN

123



Rules and choices Research Master’s in Economics and BusinessMaster’s information days November and MarchEntry requirements for the Master’s degree programme

Every Bachelor’s degree in business, economics or econometrics gives access to this Master’s programme. Also motivated students with other Bachelor degrees (like Sociology, Mathematics, Psychology) are welcome to apply. There is a selection procedure for this programme. Criteria for admission include motivation, talent, research attitude, good/excellent study results, and an excellent command of English. The latter can be demonstrated by holding a degree from a Dutch university or an institution at which English is the language of instruction, or by scoring at least 92 on the TOEFL (internet-based) or 6.5 on the IELTS.

Starting time for the Master’s degree programme

1 September.







124

D.18. MSc Lerarenopleiding Economie en Bedrijfswetenschappen



Opleidingscoördinatoren: • drs. L. Wouda, [email protected], (050) 363 3738

• drs. M. Eldering, [email protected], (050) 363 3738

Studieadviseur: Student Support Desk, http://www.rug.nl/feb/education/support/masterstudent

Taal: Nederlands

Inhoud

Door deze masteropleiding word je een communicatieve econoom of bedrijfskundige. Je leert je vakkennis productief, creatief en communicatief toepassen. Je bent econoom en/of bedrijfskundige en je manifesteert je als ontwerper, instructeur, coach, presentator en onderzoeker. Als je klaar bent met deze masteropleiding kun je met groepen leerlingen en studenten omgaan. Je kunt ook anderen individueel coachen. Je weet bovendien de weg in het onderwijs.

In het eerste masterjaar volg je hoofdzakelijk het programma van een Master of Science bij de Faculteit Economie en Bedrijfskunde. Binnen dat programma maak je kennis met de lerarenopleiding: je volgt in dat jaar in het tweede semester de praktijkgerichte vakken Basiscursus Master Lerarenopleiding (5 EC) en Masterstage 1 Leraar Economie en M&O (5 EC), waaraan een korte stage verbonden is.

In het tweede masterjaar word je vanuit de praktijk opgeleid tot docent en economisch en/of bedrijfskundig vakspecialist. Er is ruimschoots de gelegenheid om in dit praktijkjaar je eigen specialisatie in het educatieve en communicatieve veld te kiezen en te realiseren. Je rondt in het tweede masterjaar ook je vakmaster af. Zo haal je twee mastertitels in twee jaar. Bovendien behoort een betaalde schoolstage in het laatste masterjaar tot de mogelijkheden.

De MSc Lerarenopleiding Economie en Bedrijfswetenschappen heeft twee instroommomenten: september en februari.


Aan het eind van het traject van de lerarenopleiding ben je bevoegd docent in de economische en bedrijfskundige vakken Het traject is ook van belang als je kiest voor een carrière als docent op het HBO of het WO. Maar de masteropleiding is niet alleen gericht op een functie in het onderwijs. Binnen deze studie werk je namelijk zowel aan vakkennis als aan communicatieve en educatieve competenties: je maatschappelijke oriëntatie en beroepskeuzemogelijkheden worden erdoor verbreed.


mailto:l.wouda%40rug.nl?subject=

mailto:m.r.c.eldering%40rug.nl?subject=


125


D.18.2. Overzicht studieprogramma


Opleiding: MSc Lerarenopleiding Economie en BedrijfswetenschappenStudiejaar: 1

sem vaknaam vakcode EC V/K taal1.1-2 vakken uit masterprogramma FEB 30 V NL2.1-2 Basiscursus Master Lerarenopleiding ULOM1005AL 5 V NL

2.1-2 vakken uit masterprogramma FEB 20 V NL2.1-2 Masterstage 1 Leraar Economie-M&O ULOM1105EC 5 V NL

NB Aanbevolen wordt tijdens de bachelorfase de cursus Introductie Lerarenopleiding (EBB816B05) te volgen.

Opleiding: MSc Lerarenopleiding Economie en BedrijfswetenschappenStudiejaar: 2

sem vaknaam vakcode EC V/K taal1.1-2 + 2.1-2

vak(ken) uit masterprogramma FEB 10 V NL

1.1-2 Masterstage 2 Leraar Economie-M&O ULOM1215EC 15 V NL1.1 Vakdidactiek 1 economie-M&O ULOM1305EC 5 V NL1.2 Onderwijskunde VO ULOM1505 5 V NL1.2 Vakdidactiek 2 Economie-M&O ULOM1405EC 5 V NL2.1-2 Masterstage 3 Leraar Economie-M&O ULOM1610EC 10 V NL2.1-2 Onderzoek Master Lerarenopleiding ULOM1710AL 10 V NL


Regels en keuzes MSc Lerarenopleiding Economie en BedrijfswetenschappenMastervoorlichting November en maartToelatingseis Lerarenopleiding • BSc Bedrijfseconomie, of

• BSc Econometrics & Operations Research, of• BSc Economics and Business Economics, of• BSc Fiscale Economie, of• BSc Accountancy & Controlling, of• BSc Bedrijfskunde, of• BSc International Business, of• BSc Technologiemanagement.Om naast de bevoegdheid voor Management en Organisatie ook de bevoegdheid voor Algemene Economie te verkrijgen, is bij de laatste vier opleidingen (dus A&C, BDK, IB en TM) een aanvullende scholing in algemeen economische.


126

vakken vereist (10 EC), hetgeen kan worden verkregen via het met een voldoende resultaat afronden van het vak Algemene Economie voor de Lerarenopleiding (EBB077A10)

Toelatingsaanbeveling Lerarenopleiding

Introductie Lerarenopleiding (EBB816B05, bachelorvak, 5 EC, sterk aanbevolen)

127

Double Degree Bachelor programmes

E. Double Degree Bachelor programmes

E.1. Fudan University, Shanghai

E.1.1. Programme description DD BSc E&BE - Economics-IE&B - Fudan

Programme Director: Dr L. Schoonbeek, [email protected], (050) 363 3798

Programme Coordinator: Dr E.H. van Leeuwen, [email protected], (050) 363 3744

Secretariat: Global Economics & Management, [email protected], (050) 363 3458


Language: .English

Content

On completion of two years of undergraduate study at Fudan University students enter the postpropedeutic phase of the BSc Economics and Business Economics. In the postpropedeutic phase students can choose the profile Economics or the profile International Economics and Business. The description of these two profiles of the BSc Economics and Business Economics can be found in section A.5. On completion of the programme students are awarded two degrees, a Bachelor of Science Economics and Business Economics (profile Economics or IE&B) from University of Groningen and a Bachelor of Arts (Economics) from Fudan University.

E.1.2. Degree programme DD BSc E&BE-Economics - Fudan


Programme: DD BSc E&BE-Economics - Fudan University, ShanghaiYear: 1Profile: core programme for DD-students from Shanghai

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1 Foreign Dir. Investment & Trade for E&BE EBB064A05 5 C EN1.1 International Macroeconomics EBB841B05 5 C EN1.1 Matrix Analysis and Optimization EBB066A05 5 C EN1.2 Intermediate Mathematics EBB933B05 5 C EN1.2 Microeconomics - Industrial Organization EBB067A05 5 C EN1.2 Public Finance EBB861A05 5 C EN2.1 Capital Structure and Financial Planning EBB060A05 5 C EN2.1 Econometrics for Economics EBB814A05 5 C EN2.1 Growth, Institutions and Business EBB022A05 5 C EN2.2 Economics of Banking EBB062A05 5 C EN



mailto:secr.gem.feb%40rug.nl?subject=



128

2.2 Empirical Research Paper for Economics EBB020B05 5 C EN2.2 History of Economic Thought EBB934A05 5 C EN

Programme: DD BSc E&BE-Economics - Fudan University, ShanghaiYear: 2Profile: core programme for DD-students from Shanghai

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1-21.1-2

• minor E&BE or• study abroad (= foreign minor)

3030

EG AEG A

ENEN

2.1-2 Bachelor’s Thesis E&BE-Economics EBB908B10 10 C EN2.1 Intermediate Macroeconomics EBB842B05 5 C EN2.12.1

• Labour Economics or• elective BSc E&BE-Economics

EBB840A05 55

EG BEG B

ENEN

2.2 Intermediate Microeconomics EBB852B05 5 C EN2.22.2

• Political Economics or• elective BSc E&BE-Economics

EBB886B05 55

EG CEG C

ENEN


• Students of profile Economics are advised to take the two courses Labour Economics and Political Economics. However, these courses might be replaced by courses from the table electives E&BE-Economics.

• The Bachelor’s Thesis E&BE-Economics can also be taken in semester 1.1-2. Programme: DD BSc E&BE-Economics - Fudan University, ShanghaiYear: 2Profile: electives E&BE-Economics

sem course title code EC C/E lang2.1 Economic Organization Theory EBB080A05 5 E EN2.1 Globalization - The Great Unbundlings EBB083A05 5 E EN2.1 Intermediate Asset Pricing EBB084A05 5 E EN2.1 Marketing Research for E&BE EBB085A05 5 E EN2.2 Corporate Finance for E&BE EBB079A05 5 E EN2.2 Financial Statement Analysis for E&BE EBB081A05 5 E EN2.2 Globalization - MNEs & Institutions EBB082A05 5 E EN2.2 Growth and Development Economics EBB811B05 5 E EN

Programme: DD BSc E&BE-Economics - Fudan University, ShanghaiYear: 2Profile: minor E&BE

129


sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1 Behavioural Corporate Finance EBB087A05 5 C EN1.1 Culture and Economics EBB090A05 5 C EN1.1 Globalization - Topics and Methods EBB093A05 5 C EN1.2 Corporate Financial Restructuring EBB088A05 5 C EN1.2 Environmental and Resource Economics EBB898B05 5 C EN1.2 Sports Economics EBB920A05 5 C EN

E.1.3. Degree programme DD BSc E&BE-IE&B - Fudan


Programme: DD BSc E&BE-IE&B – Fudan University, ShanghaiYear: 1Profile: core programme for DD-students from Shanghai

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1 Foreign Dir. Investment & Trade for E&BE EBB064A05 5 C EN1.1 International Macroeconomics EBB841B05 5 C EN1.1 Matrix Analysis and Optimization EBB066A05 5 C EN1.2 Global Development Studies EBB921B05 5 C EN1.2 International Business Strategy for IE&B EBB023B05 5 C EN1.2 Microeconomics - Industrial Organization EBB067A05 5 C EN2.1 Capital Structure and Financial Planning EBB060A05 5 C EN2.1 Econometrics for IE&B EBB070A05 5 C EN2.1 Growth, Institutions and Business EBB022A05 5 C EN2.2 Economics of Banking EBB062A05 5 C EN2.2 Empirical Research Paper for IE&B EBB071A05 5 C EN2.2 Philosophy and Ethics of Business EBB069A05 5 C EN

Programme: DD BSc E&BE-IE&B – Fudan University, ShanghaiYear: 2Profile: core programme for DD-students from Shanghai

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1-2 study abroad (= foreign minor) 30 C EN2.1-2 Bachelor’s Thesis E&BE-IE&B EBB879B10 10 C EN2.1 Globalization - The Great Unbundlings EBB083A05 5 C EN2.12.1

• Economic Organization Theory or• elective BSc E&BE-IE&B

EBB080A05 55

EG AEG A

ENEN

2.2 Globalization - MNEs & Institutions EBB082A05 5 C EN2.22.2

• Growth and Development Economics or• elective BSc E&BE-IE&B

EBB811B05 55

EG BEG B

ENEN


130


• Students of profile IE&B are advised to take the two courses Economic Organization Theory and Growth and Development Economics. However, these courses might be replaced by courses from the table electives E&BE-IE&B.

• The Bachelor’s Thesis E&BE-IE&B can also be taken in semester 1.1-2.

Programme: DD BSc E&BE-IE&B – Fudan University, ShanghaiYear: 2Profile: electives E&BE-IE&B

sem course title code EC C/E lang2.1 Intermediate Asset Pricing EBB084A05 5 E EN2.1 Intermediate Macroeconomics EBB842B05 5 E EN2.1 Labour Economics EBB840A05 5 E EN2.1 Marketing Research for E&BE EBB085A05 5 E EN2.2 Corporate Finance for E&BE EBB079A05 5 E EN2.2 Financial Statement Analysis for E&BE EBB081A05 5 E EN2.2 Intermediate Microeconomics EBB852B05 5 E EN2.2 Political Economics EBB886B05 5 E EN

131


E.1.4. Programme description DD BSc EOR - Fudan


Programme Coordinator: Dr P. Heijnen, [email protected], (050) 363 2317

Secretariat: Ms M.A. Koolman, [email protected], (050) 363 7018


Language: English

Content

On completion of two years of undergraduate study at Fudan University, students enter the postpropedeutic phase of the BSc Econometrics and Operations Research. The description of the programme BSc EOR can be found in section A.4. On completion of the programme students are awarded two degrees, a Bachelor of Science (Economics and Operations Research) from the University of Groningen and a Bachelor of Arts (Economics) from Fudan University.

E.1.5. Degree programme DD BSc EOR - Fudan


Programme: DD BSc EOR - Fudan University, ShanghaiYear: 1Profile: core programme for DD students from Shanghai

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1 Macroeconomics for EOR EBB027B05 5 C EN1.1 Matrices, Graphs and Convexity EBB073A05 5 C EN1.1 Statistical Inference EBB075A05 5 C EN1.2 Difference- & Differential Equations EBB812A05 5 C EN1.2 Introduction to Operations Research EBB829A05 5 C EN1.2 Linear Models in Statistics EBB072A05 5 C EN2.1 Introduction to Actuarial Science EBB827A05 5 C EN2.1 Introduction to Econometrics EBB828A05 5 C EN2.1 Queueing Theory and Simulation EBB074A05 5 C EN2.2 Dynamic Econometrics EBB813A05 5 C EN2.2 Introduction to Mathematical Economics EBB830A05 5 C EN2.2 Risk Insurance EBB863A05 5 C EN

Programme: DD BSc EOR - Fudan University, ShanghaiYear: 2Profile: core programme for DD students from Shanghai


mailto:p.heijnen%40rug.nl?subject=




132

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1 Marketing Analytics EBB114A05 5 C EN1.1 Numerical Methods for EOR EBB115A05 5 C EN1.1 suitable course(s) FEB (s.t. approval) 5 C EN1.2 Empirical Econometrics EBB113A05 5 C EN1.2 Finance Theory and Modelling EBB825A05 5 C EN1.2 Stochastic Models EBB878A05 5 C EN2.1-2 Bachelor’s Thesis EOR EBB925A10 10 C EN2.1-2 suitable course(s) FEB (s.t. approval) 10 C EN2.1

2.1

2.1

• Spec. Course Applied Operations Research or

• Spec. Course Generalized Linear Models or

• Spec. Course Microeconometrics

EBB888A05

EBB883A05

EBB880B05

5

5

5

EG A

EG A

EG A

EN

EN

EN2.2 Game Theory EBB872A05 5 C EN

NB Students choose 5 EC from elective group A.

133


E.2. Universitas Gadjah Mada, Yogyakarta

E.2.1. Programme description DD BSc IB - Universitas Gadjah Mada




Secretariat: Ms S. Luijken, [email protected], (050) 363 3458


Language: English

Content

The students of this double degree programme in International Business undertake two years of undergraduate study at the University of Gadjah Mada in Yogyakarta, Indonesia. This qualifies them for a 3-semester study programme (90 ECTS) at the University of Groningen. The students take courses from the regular BSc International Business programme, including a Bachelor’s Thesis. They will have a BSc International Business diploma when they have completed the study programme in Groningen.For additional information, please refer to the programme description for the BSc International Business, section A.7.

E.2.2. Degree programme DD BSc IB - Universitas Gadjah Mada


Programme: DD BSc IB - Universitas Gadjah Mada, YogyakartaYear: 1Profile: core programme for DD-students from Yogyakarta

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1-2 Introduction to International Business EBP003A05 5 C EN1.1 Foreign Dir. Investment, Trade & Geogr. EBB037A05 5 C EN1.1 Organizational Structure EBP670C05 5 C EN1.2 CrossCultural Management EBB036A05 5 C EN1.2 Global Business History EBB038B05 5 C EN1.2 International Financial Management EBB627A05 5 C EN2.1 Comparative Country Studies EBB686A05 5 C EN2.1 Innovation Management in Multinationals EBB034A05 5 C EN2.1 International Marketing for IB EBP661C05 5 C EN2.2 Ethics and International Business EBB608B05 5 C EN




mailto:ib.feb%40rug.n?subject=



134

2.2 Management Accounting for IB EBP017B05 5 C EN2.2 Research Methodology for IB EBP662C05 5 C EN2.22.2

• Global Political Economy or• nternational Business Law

EBB039B05EBB635B05

55

EG AEG A

ENEN

NB • Students choose 5 EC from elective group A.• UGM students that have already taken Management Accounting in UGM’s

International Undergraduate Programme can substitute this course with the remaining elective.

Programme: DD BSc IB - Universitas Gadjah Mada, YogyakartaYear: 2Profile: core programme for DD-students from Yogyakarta

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1-2 Bachelor’s Thesis IB EBB737B10 10 C EN1.1 Empirical Research Project for IB EBB044A05 5 C EN1.1 International Strategic Management EBB628A05 5 C EN1.2 Managing Intern. Bus. Organizations Game EBB638B05 5 C EN

135


E.3. Universitas Indonesia, Jakarta

E.3.1. Programme description DD BSc IB - Universitas Indonesia




Secretariat: Ms S. Luijken, [email protected], (050) 363 3458

Study advisor(s): Student Support Desk, http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/bachelorstudent

Language: English

Content

The students of this double degree programme in International Business undertake two years of undergraduate study at the University Indonesia in Jakarta, Indonesia. This qualifies them for a 3-semester study at programme (90 ECs) at the University of Groningen. Students who do not meet all requirements because of course deficiencies, will only be admitted to the 4-semester programme (120 ECs) in Groningen. In addition to the regular programme of 90 ECs, they have to take additional courses of 30 ECs.

The students take courses from the regular BSc International Business programme, including a Bachelor’s Thesis. They will have a BSc International Business diploma when they have completed the study programme in Groningen.For additional information, please refer to the programme description for the BSc International Business, section A.7.

E.3.2. Degree programme DD BSc IB, 1.5 year - Universitas Indonesia


Programme: DD BSc IB - Universitas Indonesia, JakartaYear: 1Profile: core programme for DD students from Jakarta

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1-2 Introduction to International Business EBP003A05 5 C EN1.1 Foreign Dir. Investment, Trade & Geogr. EBB037A05 5 C EN1.1 Organizational Structure EBP670C05 5 C EN1.2 CrossCultural Management EBB036A05 5 C EN1.2 Global Business History EBB038B05 5 C EN




mailto:ib.feb%40rug.nl?subject=


136

1.2 International Financial Management EBB627A05 5 C EN2.1 Comparative Country Studies EBB686A05 5 C EN2.1 Innovation Management in Multinationals EBB034A05 5 C EN2.1 International Marketing for IB EBP661C05 5 C EN2.2 Ethics and International Business EBB608B05 5 C EN2.2 Management Accounting for IB EBP017B05 5 C EN2.2 Research Methodology for IB EBP662C05 5 C EN2.22.2

• Global Political Economy or• International Business Law

EBB039B05EBB635B05

55

EG AEG A

ENEN

NB • Students choose 5 EC from elective group A.• UI students that have already taken Management Accounting in UI’s International

Undergraduate’s Programme can substitute this course with the remaining elective.

Programme: DD BSc IB - Universitas Indonesia, JakartaYear: 2Profile: core programme for DD students from Jakarta

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1-2 Bachelor’s Thesis IB EBB737B10 10 C EN1.1 Empirical Research Project for IB EBB044A05 5 C EN1.1 International Strategic Management EBB628A05 5 C EN1.2 Managing Intern. Bus. Organizations Game EBB638B05 5 C EN

E.3.3. Degree programme DD BSc IB, 2 year - Universitas Indonesia


Programme: DD BSc IB - Universitas Indonesia, Jakarta (2-year-pro-gramme)

Year: 1

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1-2 English for IB EBP665C05 5 C EN1.1-2 Introduction to International Business EBP003A05 5 C EN1.1 Global Supply Chain Management EBP018A05 5 C EN1.1 Organizational Structure EBP670C05 5 C EN1.2 CrossCultural Management EBB036A05 5 C EN1.2 Global Business History EBB038B05 5 C EN2.1 Comparative Country Studies EBB686A05 5 C EN2.1 Economics for IB EBP660C05 5 C EN2.1 International Marketing for IB EBP661C05 5 C EN2.2 International Business Environment EBP031A05 5 C EN2.2 International Business Law EBB635B05 5 C EN

137


2.2 Management Accounting for IB EBP017B05 5 C EN2.2 Research Methodology for IB EBP662C05 5 C EN

Programme: DD BSc IB - Universitas Indonesia, Jakarta (2-year-pro-gramme)

Year: 2

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1 Empirical Research Project for IB EBB044A05 5 C EN1.1 Foreign Dir. Investment, Trade & Geogr. EBB037A05 5 C EN1.1 Information Systems Management EBB632A05 5 C EN1.2 International Financial Management EBB627A05 5 C EN1.2 Managing Intern. Bus. Organizations Game EBB638B05 5 C EN2.1-2 Bachelor’s Thesis IB EBB737B10 10 C EN2.1 Innovation Management in Multinationals EBB034A05 5 C EN2.1 International Strategic Management EBB628A05 5 C EN2.2 Ethics and International Business EBB608B05 5 C EN2.2 Global Political Economy EBB039B05 5 C EN


138

F. Double Degree Master programmes

F.1. Alexandru Ioan Cuza University in Iasi, Romania DD MSc Finance

F.1.1. Programme description DD MSc Finance - UAIC of Iasi, Romania

Programme Coordinator: Dr O.V. Iftime, [email protected], (050) 363 3485

Study advisor(s): , Student Support Desk,http://www.rug.nl/feb/education/support/masterstudent

Content

The programme is modular in structure, comprises 120 ECs credits and is a two-year full-time programme. Students will take Year 1 at Alexandru Ioan Cuza University in Iaşi, Romania and Year 2 at the Faculty of Economics and Business of the University of Groningen. The first phase of the DD programme at UAIC is modelled after the pre-MSc programme offered by RUG-FEB for the MSc Finance. After completing the first phase, students can be selected by UAIC and RUG to enter the second phase of the DD programme, which is RUG-FEB’s MSc Finance, with an adapted curriculum. Supervision for the dissertation is managed jointly by the two institutions.

Programme structure (for students from Iasi)

DD MSc Finance – UAIC of Iasi, RomaniaMaster’s Year 1 Master’s Year 2

Semester 1 (UAIC) Semester 2 (UAIC) Semester 3 (FEB) Semester 3 (FEB or UAIC)

30 EC compulsory courses from the MSc Finance and Risk Management at UAIC

30 EC compulsory and elective courses from the MSc Finance and Risk Management at UAIC

30 EC compulsory courses from the MSc Finance at FEB

10 EC electives at FEB or UAIC;20 EC joint Master thesis at RUG or UAIC under joint FEB/UAIC supervision, with final grading by FEB and UAIC

Key facts

Start of programme: 1 September (Year 2 of the 2-year DD, at RUG)Duration (in semesters): 4Total credits: 120 ECsLanguage: EnglishType of degree: • MSc in Finance (University of Groningen)

• MSc in Finance and Risk Management (Alexandru Ioan Cuza University in Iasi, Romania)

Graduates will also receive a diploma supplement on which it is noted that the RUG degree is awarded within the framework of the double degree programme with Alexandru Ioan Cuza University..

mailto:o.v.iftime%40rug.nl?subject=


139

Double Degree Master programmes

Admission: The admission requirements for this double degree are the same as those for the MSc Finance and Risk Management at UAIC. Students are then selected for the second phase of the DD programme in Groningen.

Application: Through Alexandru Ioan Cuza UniversityTuition fees 2014 - 2015:

• EEA students: € 1,906 • Non EEA students: € 13,000

Further information

See Ocasys for further information.

F.1.2. Degree programme DD MSc Finance - UAIC of Iasi, Romania


Programme: DD MSc Finance - UAIC of Iasi, RomaniaYear: 1Profile: core programme for students from Iasi


study at UAIC, Iasi 60 C EN

Programme: DD MSc Finance – UAIC of Iasi, RomaniaYear: 2Profile: core programme for students from Iasi

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1 Corporate Finance for MSc Finance EBM008B05 5 C EN1.1 Derivative Instruments EBM068A05 5 C EN1.1 Research Methods in Finance EBM070A05 5 C EN1.2 Corporate Valuation for MSc Finance EBM007C05 5 C EN1.2 Portfolio Theory EBM015B05 5 C EN1.2 Responsible Finance and Investing EBM071A05 5 C EN2.1-2 Master’s Thesis Finance EBM866B20 20 C EN2.1

2.1

2.2

• Banking, Insurance and Risk Management and/or

• Institutional Investment Management and/or

• Corporate Governance for MSc Finance

EBM067A05

EBM822A05

EBM811C05

5

5

5

EG A

EG A

EG A

EN

EN

EN

NB • Students choose 10 EC from elective group A.• Students may choose the 3rd elective course from elective group A to replace one of

the courses from semester I except for Research Methods in Finance and Portfolio Theory.

http://www.rug.nl/ocasys/rug/vak/showPos%3Fopleiding%3D5384


140

F.2. BI Norwegian Business School, Oslo

F.2.1. Programme description DD MSc Marketing Intelligence - BI, Oslo

Programme Coordinator: Dr J.A. Voerman, [email protected], (050) 363 7069

Secretariat: Ms A. Bolhuis, [email protected], (050) 363 7065


Content

BI Norwegian Business School, Oslo, Norway and the Faculty of Economics and Business, University of Groningen, the Netherlands, have set uo a high quality, 2-year Double Degree Master’s programme in Marketing. This is a unique opportunity to expand and deepen knowledge and expertise in a chosen specialization field of Marketing, experience a new and challenging research and teaching environment and graduate with two stand-alone Master’s degrees.The double degree MSc in Marketing programme aims to educate market-oriented leaders for the modern economy. In the Groningen programme, the focus is on customer relations and customer insights. Students learn how to collect data about customers and how to analyse these using the latest and most advanced marketing research methods. The Oslo programme is founded on three pillars: marketing theory, statistical methods and financial implications of marketing investments. Marketing managers oversee the research that provides market knowledge to help guide their decisions on a large number of issues such as which markets to target, which new products to develop, what level of distribution will be most cost efficient, what price will optimize sales and profits and what communication themes and channels will best build brand value. Practitioners in the field give guest lectures relating theory to real business practice. For all students in this programme, a master’s thesis (20 ECs) will be written in Groningen and a research paper (10 ECs) will written at BI.

Programme structure

for students from FEB:DD MSc Marketing/profile Marketing Intelligence – BI, Oslo

Master’s Year 1MSc Marketing, Marketing Intelligence

Master’s Year 2MSc Strategic Marketing

Semester 1 (FEB) Semester 2 (FEB) Semester 3 (BI) Semester 4 (BI)30 ECs advanced courses MSc Marketing /Marketing Intelligence profile

10 ECs advanced courses MSc Marketing /Marketing Intelligence profile & Master’s Thesis (20 ECs)

30 ECs core & elective courses MSc Strategic Marketing Management

34 ECs core & elective courses MSc Strategic Marketing Management, including a Research Paper (10 ECs)

mailto:.a.voerman%40rug.nl?subject=

mailto:a.bolhuis%40rug.nl?subject=


141


for students from BI:DD MSc Marketing/profile Marketing Intelligence – BI, Oslo

Master’s Year 1MSc Strategic Marketing

Master’s Year 2MSc Marketing, Marketing Intelligence

Semester 1 (BI) Semester 2 (BI) Semester 3 (FEB) Semester 4 (FEB)30 ECs MSc in Strategic Marketing Management

34 ECs MSc in Strategic Marketing Management, including a Research Paper (10 ECs)

30 ECs core courses MSc Marketing, specialisation Marketing Intelligence

10 ECs core & elective courses & Master’s Thesis (20 EC)

What will students learn?

Having completed this double degree, graduates will have:• knowledge of traditional and modern marketing techniques and knowledge of basic

and advanced marketing research techniques;• learned how to collect data about customers and how to analyse these using the

latest and most advanced methods for analysing consumer behaviour;• learned how to measure financial implications of marketing strategies; • knowledge of how movements such as globalization, free-trade agreements,

market deregulation and environmentalism are transforming the marketing environmentand

• acquired the qualifications to enter PhD programmes and work in international research institutions.

Key facts

Start of programme: 1 September Duration (in semesters): 4Total credits: 124 ECsLanguage: EnglishType of degree: • MSc Marketing/profile Marketing Intelligence (University of

Groningen) and• MSc in Strategic Marketing Management (BI Norwegian

Business School, Oslo).Graduates will also receive a diploma supplement on which it is noted that the RUG degree is awarded within the framework of the double degree programme with BI Norwegian Business School.

Admission: • Students can not apply for the two year DD MSc as such. Students have to apply for a second year in Oslo after they successfully completed the first semester of the MSc Marketing/ profile Marketing Intelligence. There is a selection procedure.

• The admission requirements for this double degree are the same as those for the MSc Marketing, profile Marketing Intelligence at FEB-RUG and the MSc in Strategic Marketing Management at BI NBS Oslo. All students should have completed semesters 1 and 2 of Year 1 with a GPA of at least 7.2. .


142

• Selection for Year 2 of the double degree takes place at the home university during semester 2 of Year 1. Only candidates who can demonstrate that satisfactory progress has been made in semester 1 are eligible for the double degree programme.

• A maximum of 5 RUG and 5 BI students will be admitted to the double degree each year

Application: • For students not yet registered at FEB-RUG, please go to: www.rug.nl/howtoapply

• For students currently registered in Year 1 at FEB-RUG, the application deadline is 1 February

Tuition fees 2014 - 2015 • EEA students: € 1,906 per year• Non EEA students: € 13,000 per yearAn extra participation fee of € 2,330 is required for EEA students for the period spent at the partner university. For more information please visit the DD website.

NB: Students remain enrolled, fee-paying students at the ‘home’ university until they have completed the 124 ECs of the DD programme. BI students must also enrol as fee-paying students at RUG in order to be eligible for a Dutch degree certificate. If they are students with an exchange status they are not eligible for Dutch degree certificates in the Netherlands.

Career prospects

This double degree programme has been designed for individuals who aspire to a career as market researcher in the private or public sector, as a strategic marketing expert, customs relations manager, product or brand manager, database analyst or market intelligence expert. Graduates qualify for a range of positions in international, multinational or transnational companies.

Further information

http://www.rug.nl/masters/ddm-strategic-marketing-intelligence/

F.2.2. Degree programme MSc Marketing Intelligence - BI, Oslo


Programme: DD MSc Marketing, profile Marketing Intelligence – BI, OsloYear: 1Profile: core programme for students from FEB


1.1-2 + 2.1-2

electives MSc Marketing Intelligence 10 C EN

1.1 Marketing Research Methods EBM080A05 5 C EN1.1 Strategic Marketing for MSc Marketing EBM081B05 5 C EN1.2 Marketing Engineering EBM079A05 5 C EN1.2 Market Models EBM077A05 5 C EN

143


2.1-2 Master’s Thesis Marketing EBM867B20 20 C EN2.1 Consumer Psychology EBM074A05 5 C EN2.2 Customer Models EBM076A05 5 C EN

NB • Students choose 10 EC from ‘electives MSc Marketing Intelligence’ (see list).• If you start the MSc Marketing Intelligence in February please note the following

changes: ◦ - Marketing Research Methods in sem. IIa, ◦ - Master’s Thesis Marketing in semester I.

Programme: DD MSc Marketing, profile Marketing Intelligence – BI, OsloYear: 1Profile: electives for students from FEB

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1 Business Ethics EBM043A05 5 E EN1.1 Competitiveness of Firms and Nations EBM092A05 5 E EN1.1 Econometric Theory and Methods EBM835B05 5 E EN1.1 Organization Design (MSc) EBM049A05 5 E EN1.1 Retail Marketing EBM880A05 5 E EN1.2 Brand & Product Management EBM073A05 5 E EN1.2 Customer Management EBM075A05 5 E EN1.2 Financial Reporting (MSc) EBM045A05 5 E EN1.2 Healthcare Operations EBM034A05 5 E EN2.1 Marketing Communication EBM078A05 5 E EN2.1 Microeconomics of Household Behaviour EBM106A05 5 E EN2.1 Supply Chain Dynamics EBM147A05 5 E EN2.2 B2B Marketing EBM808B05 5 E EN2.2 Emerging Markets (MSc) EBM085A05 5 E EN2.2 Franchising EBM046A05 5 E EN2.2 Service Operations EBM634A05 5 E EN

Programme: DD MSc Marketing, profile Marketing Intelligence – BI, OsloYear: 1Profile: core programme for students from Oslo


study at BI, Oslo, incl. Research Paper 64 C EN

Programme: DD MSc Marketing, profile Marketing Intelligence – BI, OsloYear: 2Profile: core programme for students from FEB


study at BI, Oslo, incl. Research Paper 64 C EN


144

Programme: DD MSc Marketing, profile Marketing Intelligence – BI, OsloYear: 2Profile: core programme for students from Oslo


electives for students from Oslo 10 C EN

1.1 Marketing Research Methods EBM080A05 5 C EN1.1 Strategic Marketing for MSc Marketing EBM081B05 5 C EN

1.2 Marketing Engineering EBM079A05 5 C EN1.2 Market Models EBM077A05 5 C EN2.1-2 Master’s Thesis Marketing EBM867B20 20 C EN2.1 Consumer Psychology EBM074A05 5 C EN2.2 Customer Models EBM076A05 5 C EN

NB Students choose 10 EC from ‘electives for students from Oslo’, in consultation with the programme director.

Programme: DD MSc Marketing, profile Marketing Intelligence – BI, OsloYear: 2

Profile: electives for students from Oslo

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1 Retail Marketing EBM880A05 5 E EN1.2 Brand & Product Management EBM073A05 5 E EN1.2 Customer Management EBM075A05 5 E EN2.1 Marketing Communication EBM078A05 5 E EN2.2 B2B Marketing EBM808B05 5 E EN

145


F.3. Corvinus University, Budapest

F.3.1. Programme description DD MSc IE&B - Corvinus University, Budapest

Programme Director Prof. S. Brakman,[email protected], (050) 363 3746

Programme Coordinator: Dr E.H. van Leeuwen,[email protected], (050) 363 3744

Information Ms R. van [email protected], (050) 363 6692



Content

Corvinus University Budapest offers degrees in multiple disciplines and it is well-known for its programmes in economics and management. As the country’s leading institution in business education, the Faculty provides education and research in the field of Hungarian economic policies embedded in a European and global context. One of the main assets of the Faculty is its firm commitment to a better perception of Central and Eastern Europe. The Faculty offers a wide range of relevant topical courses in the field of global economics, the European Community and the CEE region, thus providing the necessary knowledge for those individuals who wish to embark on a career in international or domestic institutions of economic management or governmental agencies.

Business leaders and others who wish to embark on a career in international management or public policy have to understand the trends in the world economy, including the European Community and the CEE region. What makes this DD programme so unique is the combination of topics in the field of international business and international economics, with a special focus on issues of economic transformation and integration, as well as the attention paid to the links between the fields. Topics range from international trade and investment to the consequences of globalization for strategic decision-making, in particular trade and capital flows in relation to multinational enterprises and the socio-economic and institutional differences between countries, with a special focus on the CEE-region. Graduates are trained to become broadly oriented economists with a strong international profile and a thorough analytical understanding of the main current trends in the global world of international (economic) policy and business organizations, ranging from the fields of international business and economics to international politics and international law. The core content of the programme reflects the increasing globalisation and continuous evolution of international economics and business.

Students admitted directly to the MSc International Economics and Business (IE&B) at FEB-RUG, Groningen can apply for admission to the DD Master CEE specialisation prior to starting the MSc IE&B or during their first (winter) semester.When admitted to the MA International Economy and Business at CUB, Budapest students can apply for admission to the DD Master CEE specialisation. They need to complete the first year (60 ECs) of the 2-year MA at CUB with above-average grades







146

and satisfy the specific DD admission requirements agreed by the two partners. In order to be eligible for the Dutch MSc degree at FEB, they need to satisfy the graduation requirements of the RUG (see below).

Programme structure - Corvinus University, Budapest

for students from FEB:MSc DD IE&B - Corvinus University, Budapest

Master’s Year 1 Master’s Year 2Semester 1 (FEB) Semester 2 (CUB) Semester 3 (CUB) Semester 4 (FEB)This semester is the same as Semester 1 of the MSc IE&B (total 30 ECs) (see D12.2)

30 ECs CEE core and specialisation courses from MA Int. Economy and Business

30 ECs CEE core and specialisation courses from MA Int. Economy and Business

This semester is the same as Semester 2 of the MSc IE&B (total 30 ECs) (see D12.2) FEB thesis supervisor, FEB & CUB thesis graders + comprehensive exam CUB

for students from Corvinus:MSc DD IE&B - Corvinus University, Budapest

Master’s Year 1 Master’s Year 2Semester 1 (CUB) Semester 2 (CUB) Semester 3 (FEB) Semester 4 (FEB)30 ECs compulsory, specialisation and elective MA International Economy and Business courses at CUB

30 ECs compulsory, specialisation and elective MA International Economy and Business courses at CUB

This semester is the same as Semester 1 of the MSc IE&B (total 30 ECs) (see D12.2)

This semester is the same as Semester 3 of the MSc IE&B (total 30 ECs) (see D12.2)FEB thesis supervisor, FEB & CUB thesis graders + comprehensive exam CUB


Having completed this double degree programme, graduates will have:• knowledge and expertise in the ways individual, group and organizational factors

influence organizational performance, problem solving and strategic decision making;

• insight into the consequences of globalisation for multinational enterprises and the socio-economic and institutional differences between countries, in particular CEE countries;

• the ability to apply the tools of modern economic analysis to issues of development policy and

• acquired analytical and business skills in an international context• the capacity to evaluate critically different approaches to development analysis and

policy.

147


Key facts

Start of programme: 1 SeptemberDuration (in semesters): 4Total credits: 120 ECsLanguage: EnglishType of degree: • MSc in International Economics and Business (University of

Groningen) and• MA in International Economy and Business (Corvinus

University Budapest), specialisation Central-East European economies

Graduates will also receive a diploma supplement from FEB-RUG on which it is noted that the degree is awarded within the framework of the double degree programme with Corvinus University Budapest.

Admission: For incoming students from CUB, the admission requirements for this specialisation are the same as those for the MA in International Economy and Business. For outgoing students from FEB, the admission requirements are the same as those for the MSc International Economics and Business Master’s degree programme, with an additional requirement that candidates for both the double degree Master and the Master certificate programme should have at least a GPA of ≥7. In selecting candidates, the respective selection committees will also take account of factors such as motivation and relevant knowledge of international/development economics.

Application: Online, please go to: www.rug.nl/howtoapplyMaximum number of RUG students admitted: 5

Tuition fees 2014 - 2015 Regular tuition fees of RUG (for EEA students: € 1,906 per year and for non EEA students: € 13,000 per year

NB: Outgoing FEB students can remain registered in the RUG MSc IE&B programme during their stay at CUB. Incoming CUB students remain registered in the CUB MA International Economy and Business) until they have completed the 120 ECs of the DD programme. They register at RUG when studying in Groningen in order to be eligible for a Dutch degree certificate.

Career prospects

This double degree programme has been designed for individuals who aspire to a career in national, international, multinational or transnational institutions and enterprises such as:• international economist and strategy expert in a multinational corporation;• staff member with an (inter)national governmental organisations such as IMF,

Worldbank, OECD, WTO, ECB, ODI or the EU; • professional economist on development and Central-East European transition,

economic issues in international agencies, governments or the private sector;• economic consultant with an (inter)national governmental organization and• business consultant with an internationally operating consultancy firm.

Further information

http://www.rug.nl/masters/ddm-central-east-european-economies/

http://www.rug.nl/masters/ddm-central-east-european-economies/


148

F.3.2. Degree programme DD MSc IE&B


Programme: DD MSc IE&B – Corvinus University, BudapestYear: 1Profile: core programme for students from FEB

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1 core elective/elective DD MSc IE&B - CUB 5 C EN1.1 Competitiveness of Firms and Nations EBM092A05 5 C EN1.1 Foreign Dir. Investment & Trade (MSc) EBM086A05 5 C EN1.2 core elect./electives DD MSc IE&B - CUB 10 C EN1.2 Research Seminar for IE&B EBM846B05 5 C EN2.1-2 study at CUB, Budapest 30 C EN

Programme: DD MSc IE&B – Corvinus University, BudapestYear: 1Profile: core electives DD MSc IE&B - CUB

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1 Growth and Development Policies EBM095A05 5 E EN1.1 International Banking and Finance EBM096A05 5 E EN1.2 Global Finance and Growth EBM150A05 5 E EN1.2 Trade, Environment and Growth EBM097A05 5 E EN2.1 Economic Geography EBM094A05 5 E EN2.2 Country Studies EBM093A05 5 E EN

Programme: DD MSc IE&B – Corvinus University, BudapestYear: 1Profile: electives DD MSc IE&B - CUB

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1 Business Ethics EBM043A05 5 E EN1.1 Comparative Environmental Analysis EBM084B05 5 E EN1.1 Dependence & Extremes in Risk Management EBM113A05 5 E EN1.1 Developing for Markets EBM062A05 5 E EN1.1 HRM & International Labour Law EBM733A05 5 E EN1.2 Brand & Product Management EBM073A05 5 E EN1.2 Economic Growth in History EBM101A05 5 E EN1.2 International Corporate Finance EBM098A05 5 E EN1.2 International Risk Management EBM099A05 5 E EN1.2 International Strategic Alliances EBM090A05 5 E EN1.2 Managerial Decision Making and Control EBM027A05 5 E EN

149


1.2 Responsible Finance and Investing EBM071A05 5 E EN1.2 Strategic Management & Technology EBM051A05 5 E EN2.1 Comparative Corporate Governance EBM083A05 5 E EN2.1 Conflict Man. & Industrial Relations EBM673A05 5 E EN2.1 International Entrepreneurship EBM089A05 5 E EN2.1 Monetary Policy and Financial Regulation EBM107A05 5 E EN2.2 Behavioural Finance & Personal Investing EBM806B05 5 E EN2.2 Economics of Regulating Markets EBM148A05 5 E EN2.2 Emerging Markets (MSc) EBM085A05 5 E EN2.2 Finance and Development EBM069A05 5 E EN2.2 Innovation & Entrepreneurship EBM621A05 5 E EN

NB • Students choose 15 EC of core electives DD MSc IE&B - CUB and 10 EC of electives DD MSc IE&B - CUB.

• Students from FEB can take core electives or elective courses DD MSc IE&B - CUB in semester 1 of year 1 and/or in semester 2 of year 2.

• Students from Budapest take core elective or elective courses DD MSc IE&B - CUB in year 2.

Programme: DD MSc IE&B – Corvinus University, BudapestYear: 1Profile: core programme for students from Budapest


study at CUB, Budapest 60 C EN

Programme: DD MSc IE&B – Corvinus University, BudapestYear: 2Profile: core programme for students from FEB

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1-2 study at CUB, Budapest 30 C EN2.1-2 Master’s Thesis IE&B EBM868A20 20 C EN2.1 core elect./electives DD MSc IE&B - CUB 10 C EN

Programme: DD MSc IE&B – Corvinus University, BudapestYear: 2Profile: core programme for students from Budapest

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1 core elective/elective DD MSc IE&B - CUB 5 C EN1.1 Competitiveness of Firms and Nations EBM092A05 5 C EN1.1 Foreign Dir. Investment & Trade (MSc) EBM086A05 5 C EN1.2 core elect./electives DD MSc IE&B - CUB 10 C EN1.2 Research Seminar for IE&B EBM846B05 5 C EN


150

2.1-2 Master’s Thesis IE&B EBM868A20 20 C EN2.1 core elect./electives DD MSc IE&B - CUB 10 C EN

151


F.4. Fudan University, Shanghai

F.4.1. Programme description DD MSc Economics-Finance-IB&M-IE&B - Fudan

Programme Director Economics - Finance:

Prof. C.L.M. Hermes, [email protected], (050) 0363 3685

Programme Director IB&M - IE&B:

Prof. S. Brakman, [email protected], (050) 363 3746

Programme Coordinator IB&M - IE&B:

Dr E.H. van Leeuwen, [email protected], (050) 363 3744

Programme Coordinator Economics:

Prof. J.P. [email protected], (050) 363 7018

Programme Coordinator Finance:

Dr A. [email protected], (050) 363 3685


Secretariat: Global Economics & Management , [email protected], (050) 363 3458


Content

Located in Shanghai, Fudan University (a member of the U21 network and the C9 league, an alliance of nine most prestigious Chinese universities) is one of the oldest, most prestigious and most selective universities in the People’s Republic of China. It is a comprehensive university highly ranked in physical sciences, humanities, social sciences and medicine. In 2009, Fudan University ranked third overall among universities in mainland China and in the 2011 QS World University Rankings, it was ranked 91st in the world. In the subject tables compiled by QS for the rankings, Fudan is ranked 45th in the world for social sciences. Currently, Fudan University has over 45,000 students with over 1,700 students from overseas. The School of Economics Fudan University consists of 5 academic departments and 6 research centres, including the Research Institution of World Economics. The school has 138 staff members, of which 34 are professors and 42 associate professors. The School of Economics holds a leading position in the field of domestic economics. The school is equipped with excellent teaching and research facilities such as the multi-language Reference Room and the creative teaching lab. The school has established collaborative information exchange with institutions such as the World Bank, in the USA, Japan and other countries and has set up a European Communities Centre, the first data centre established by the EU in China.

Economics, Business and Finance graduates with a wish to embark on a career as global finance specialists, economists or business strategists need to have knowledge of the economic and monetary policies and political economics of leading nations and to recognise trends in the world economy. The Double Degree Master programme: China and the World Economy is a two-year, (post)graduate Dutch Master of Science (phase 1) and Chinese Master (phase 2) programme comprising a total of 34 Chinese Credits (CC), which is the equivalent of ±120 European Credits (ECs). The programme is structured in two independent parts, with each part lasting one year. Part one takes place in Groningen, where students enrol in one of four Master programmes offered by FEB-RUG: MSc Economics, MSc Finance, MSc International





mailto:a.plantinga%40rug.nl?subject=





152

Economics and Business, or MSc International Business and Management. Students are nominally enrolled as non-fee-paying post-graduate students at the School of Economics, Fudan University. During phase one of the Programme at FEB-RUG students can prepare for part two by taking extra-curricular courses in Basic Chinese (HSK Mandarin I and II) and participating in extra-curricular Sino-Dutch activities organised in Groningen. On successful completion of part one, students graduate with a recognized and accredited Dutch Master of Science degree and they deregister from FEB-RUG . Part two of the programme takes place in Shanghai, where students enrol as fee-paying students in an English-taught, post-graduate programme at the Fudan University School of Economics. Part one at FEB-RUG replaces Year 1 of the 2-year Master programme at SE-FU. The curriculum in part two focusses on a variety of themes relating to the economy of China and China’s role in South East Asia, among others, Chinese economic theory, international trade, finance, public administration and law. Students benefit from seminars at the School of Economics and attend a major international series of cutting-edge business and finance lectures sponsored by HSBC, as well as Overseas Lecturers’ Short Courses. There is also a 3 CC thesis. This 2-year post-graduate programme offers students an opportunity to gain comprehensive knowledge of the economies, economic policies, strategies, theories and practices of Europe, China and South East Asia and to obtain a global view of world economics. The core content of the programme reflects the increasing globalisation and evolution taking place in the field of economics. In addition, students have the opportunity to experience international student life in two different cultures with sufficient time spent in each environment to obtain a thorough understanding of both cultures and to graduate after two years with two nationally and internationally recognised Master’s degrees from two outstanding, research-driven institutions in the PR of China and The Netherlands.

Programme structure

for students from FEB:DD MSc Economics-Finance-IB&M-IE&B - Fudan University, Shanghai

Master’s Year 1 (60 European Credits) Master’s Year 2 (19 Chinese Credits)Semester 1 (FEB) Semester 2 (FEB) Semester 3 (FU) Semester 4 (FU)15 ECs compulsory and 10 ECs elective courses MSc IE&B, MSc Economics or MSc IB&M = 30 ECs; 5 ECs compulsory courses and 25 ECs elective courses MSc Finance

10 ECs core elective/elective courses MSc Finance, MSc IE&B, MSc Economics, MSc IB&M, 20 ECs Master’s thesis = 30 ECs

9 CCs compulsory and (min.) 2 CCs elective courses on themes relating to China and the World Economy = 11 CCs

3 CCs compulsory, (min.) 2 CCs electives and 3 CCs thesis on theme relating to China and the World Economy = 8 CCs




• insight into the consequences of globalisation for multinational enterprises and the socio-economic and institutional differences between countries, in particular

153


differences between countries in Europe, China and South East Asia;• the ability to apply the tools of modern economic analysis to issues of development

policy;• acquired analytical and business skills in an international context;• the capacity to evaluate critically different approaches to development analysis and

policy;• comprehensive knowledge of the economy, business, law, culture and policies of

China and• the qualifications to enter PhD programmes and work in international research

institutions.

Key facts

Start of programme: 1 September Duration (in semesters): 4Total credits: 120 ECsLanguage: EnglishType of degree: • Master of Science (MSc) Economics, Finance, MSc

International Economics & Business (IE&B) or MSc International Business & Management (IB&M), (University of Groningen) and

• Master in Economics (Applied Economics) (Fudan University).Graduates will also receive a diploma supplement from FEB-RUG on which it is noted that the degree is being awarded within the framework of a Double Degree Master in Economics, specialization Applied Economics with the School of Economics, Fudan University.

Admission: The admission requirements for this programme are identical to the admission requirements for each of the four FEB-RUG MSc programmes involved. In selecting candidates, the selection committee(s) will take account of factors such as motivation, GPA, absence of study delay, interest in gaining a global perspective on world economics and business and in particular, a desire to develop the skills and knowledge needed for an international career in or involving China.

Application: Students who are already registered in one of the four above-mentioned Master of Science programmes at the RUG can contact Ms. Ineke van Est ([email protected]). Application deadline for students already enrolled at FEB-RUG (as Bachelor or Master student): 1 June. All other students can apply online. Please go to: www.rug.nl/how-toapply. The general application deadlines apply.

Tuition fees 2014 - 2015 • Year 1: regular tuition fees for Groningen (EEA students: € 1,906 per year; Non EEA students: € 13,000 per year)

• Year 2: tuition fee Fudan (approx. € 7,500,-); to be paid directly to Fudan at the start of year 2

Career prospects

This double degree programme has been designed for individuals who aspire a career in national, international, multinational or transnational institutions and enterprises such as:• international economist, financial expert and/or strategy expert in a multinational

corporation;


154

• staff member with an (inter)national governmental organisations such as IMF, World Bank, OECD, WTO, ECB, ODI or the EU;

• professional economist on development, Chinese and East Asian transition economic issues in international agencies, governments or the private sector;

• economic or financial consultant with an (inter)national governmental organization and

• business consultant with an internationally operating consultancy firm.

Further information

http://www.rug.nl/masters/ddm-china-and-the-world-economy/

F.4.2. Degree programme DD MSc Economics - Fudan


Programme: DD MSc Economics - Fudan University, ShanghaiYear: 1Profile: core programme DD MSc Economics - Fudan


1.1-2 + 2.1-2

electives A DD MSc Economics - Fudan 15 C EN

1.1-2 + 2.1-2

electives B DD MSc Economics - Fudan 10 C EN


NB • Students choose 15 EC from electives A DD MSc Economics - Fudan (see list).• Students choose 10 EC from electives B DD MSc Economics - Fudan (see list) or from

electives A DD MSc Economics - Fudan which they have not already taken.• If you start the DD MSc Economics - Fudan in February please note the following

changes: ◦ Empirical Methods of Economics in sem. IIa, ◦ Master’s Thesis Economics in sem. I

Programme: DD MSc Economics - Fudan University, ShanghaiYear: 1Profile: electives A DD MSc Economics - Fudan

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.2 Competition Policy - Theory and Practice EBM100A05 5 E EN1.2 Economic Growth in History EBM101A05 5 E EN1.2 Empirical Macroeconomics EBM102A05 5 E EN2.1 Microeconomics of Household Behaviour EBM106A05 5 E EN

http://www.rug.nl/masters/ddm-china-and-the-world-economy/

155


2.1 Monetary Policy and Financial Regulation EBM107A05 5 E EN2.2 Economics of Regulating Markets EBM148A05 5 E EN2.2 Public Economics and Social Policy EBM108A05 5 E EN

Programme: DD MSc Economics - Fudan University, ShanghaiYear: 1Profile: electives B DD MSc Economics - Fudan

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1 Dependence & Extremes in Risk Management EBM113A05 5 E EN1.1 Econometric Theory and Methods EBM835B05 5 E EN1.1 Growth and Development Policies EBM095A05 5 E EN1.1 International Banking and Finance EBM096A05 5 E EN1.2 Econometric Inference EBM021A05 5 E EN1.2 Models for Short Term Risk Management EBM114A05 5 E EN1.2 Responsible Finance and Investing EBM071A05 5 E EN1.2 Trade, Environment and Growth EBM097A05 5 E EN2.1 Applied Macroeconometrics EBM109A05 5 E EN2.1 Applied Microeconometrics EBM110A05 5 E EN2.1 Asset and Liability Management EBM111A05 5 E EN2.1 Economic Geography EBM094A05 5 E EN2.1 Economic Geography EBM094A05 5 E EN2.2 Behavioural Finance & Personal Investing EBM806B05 5 E EN2.2 Country Studies EBM093A05 5 E EN2.2 Emerging Markets (MSc) EBM085A05 5 E EN2.2 Finance and Development EBM069A05 5 E EN

Programme: DD MSc Economics - Fudan University, ShanghaiYear: 2Profile: core programme DD MSc Economics - Fudan


study at Fudan University, Shanghai 60 C EN

F.4.3. Degree programme DD MSc Finance - Fudan


Programme: DD MSc Finance - Fudan University, ShanghaiYear: 1Profile: core programme DD MSc Finance - Fudan


156


electives A DD MSc Finance - Fudan 30 C EN

1.1-2 + 2.1-2

electives B DD MSc Finance - Fudan 5 C EN

1.1 Research Methods in Finance EBM070A05 5 C EN2.1-2 Master’s Thesis Finance EBM866B20 20 C EN

NB • Students choose 30 EC from ‘electives A DD MSc Finance - Fudan’ (see list).• Students choose 5 EC from ‘electives B DD MSc Finance - Fudan’ (see list) and/or

‘electives A DD MSc Finance - Fudan’ which they have not already taken. • If you start the MSc Finance - Fudan in February please note the following changes:

◦ Research Methods in Finance in sem. IIa, ◦ Master’s Thesis Finance in sem. I.

Programme: DD MSc Finance - Fudan University, ShanghaiYear: 1Profile: electives A DD MSc Finance - Fudan

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1 Corporate Finance for MSc Finance EBM008B05 5 E EN1.1 Derivative Instruments EBM068A05 5 E EN1.2 Corporate Valuation for MSc Finance EBM007C05 5 E EN1.2 Portfolio Theory EBM015B05 5 E EN1.2 Responsible Finance and Investing EBM071A05 5 E EN2.1 Banking, Insurance and Risk Management EBM067A05 5 E EN2.1 Institutional Investment Management EBM822A05 5 E EN2.2 Behavioural Finance & Personal Investing EBM806B05 5 E EN2.2 Corporate Governance for MSc Finance EBM811C05 5 E EN2.2 Finance and Development EBM069A05 5 E EN

Programme: DD MSc Finance - Fudan University, ShanghaiYear: 1Profile: electives B DD MSc Finance - Fudan


1.1 Advanced Industrial Organization EBM826A05 5 E EN1.1 Business Ethics EBM043A05 5 E EN1.1 Competitiveness of Firms and Nations EBM092A05 5 E EN1.1 Growth and Development Policies EBM095A05 5 E EN1.1 International Banking and Finance EBM096A05 5 E EN1.2 Economic Growth in History EBM101A05 5 E EN1.2 Financial Reporting (MSc) EBM045A05 5 E EN1.2 International Strategic Alliances EBM090A05 5 E EN1.2 Trade, Environment and Growth EBM097A05 5 E EN2.1 Comparative Corporate Governance EBM083A05 5 E EN

157


2.1 Economic Geography EBM094A05 5 E EN2.1 Microeconomics of Household Behaviour EBM106A05 5 E EN2.1 Monetary Policy and Financial Regulation EBM107A05 5 E EN2.1 Working Capital Management EBM645A05 5 E EN2.2 Country Studies EBM093A05 5 E EN2.2 Economics of Regulating Markets EBM148A05 5 E EN2.2 Emerging Markets (MSc) EBM085A05 5 E EN

Programme: DD MSc Finance - Fudan University, ShanghaiYear: 2Profile: core programme DD MSc Finance - Fudan



F.4.4. Degree programme DD MSc IB&M - Fudani


Programme: DD MSc IB&M - Fudan University, ShanghaiYear: 1Profile: core programme DD MSc IB&M - Fudan


electives A DD MSc IB&M - Fudan 15 C EN

1.1-2 + 2.1-2

electives B DD MSc IB&M - Fudan 15 C EN

1.1 Comparative Environmental Analysis EBM084B05 5 C EN1.1 International Business Strategy (MSc) EBM088A05 5 C EN1.2 Research Seminar for IB&M EBM718B05 5 C EN2.1-2 Master’s Thesis IB&M EBM719A20 20 C EN

NB • Students choose 15 EC from ‘electives A DD MSc IB&M - Fudan’ (see list).• Students choose 10 EC from ‘electives B DD MSc IB&M - Fudan’ (see list) and/

or courses from ‘electives A DD MSc IB&M - Fudan’ (see list) which they have not already taken.

• If you start the DD MSc IB&M - Fudan in February please note the following changes: ◦ International Business Strategy (MSc) in sem. IIa, ◦ Research Seminar for IB&M in sem. IIb, ◦ Master’s Thesis IB&M in sem. I.


158

Programme: DD MSc IB&M - Fudan University, ShanghaiYear: 1Profile: electives A DD MSc IB&M - Fudan

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.2 International Corporate Finance EBM098A05 5 E EN1.2 International Strategic Alliances EBM090A05 5 E EN2.1 Comparative Corporate Governance EBM083A05 5 E EN2.1 International Entrepreneurship EBM089A05 5 E EN2.2 Corporate Soc.Resp. & Global Value Chain EBM149A05 5 E EN2.2 Emerging Markets (MSc) EBM085A05 5 E EN

Programme: DD MSc IB&M - Fudan University, ShanghaiYear: 1Profile: electives B DD MSc IB&M - Fudan


1.1 Business Ethics EBM043A05 5 E EN1.1 Competitiveness of Firms and Nations EBM092A05 5 E EN1.1 Developing for Markets EBM062A05 5 E EN1.1 Foreign Dir. Investment & Trade (MSc) EBM086A05 5 E EN1.1 Growth and Development Policies EBM095A05 5 E EN1.1 International Banking and Finance EBM096A05 5 E EN1.1 IT Governance EBM048A05 5 E EN1.1 Organization Design (MSc) EBM049A05 5 E EN1.1 Retail Marketing EBM880A05 5 E EN1.2 Brand & Product Management EBM073A05 5 E EN1.2 Business Process Innovation and Change EBM044A05 5 E EN1.2 Economic Growth in History EBM101A05 5 E EN1.2 Financial Reporting (MSc) EBM045A05 5 E EN1.2 Healthcare Operations EBM034A05 5 E EN1.2 Managerial Decision Making and Control EBM027A05 5 E EN1.2 Operations Management in Proc. Industry EBM725C05 5 E EN1.2 Responsible Finance and Investing EBM071A05 5 E EN1.2 Strategic Management & Technology EBM051A05 5 E EN1.2 Trade, Environment and Growth EBM097A05 5 E EN2.1 Conflict Man. & Industrial Relations EBM673A05 5 E EN2.1 Consumer Psychology EBM074A05 5 E EN2.1 Economic Geography EBM094A05 5 E EN2.1 Marketing Communication EBM078A05 5 E EN2.1 Monetary Policy and Financial Regulation EBM107A05 5 E EN2.1 Policies for a Dynamic Economy EBM065A05 5 E EN2.1 Process Improvement and Change EBM036B05 5 E EN2.1 Purchasing EBM037A05 5 E EN2.1 Working Capital Management EBM645A05 5 E EN

159


2.2 B2B Marketing EBM808B05 5 E EN2.2 Behavioural Perspectives on Corp. Gov. EBM023A05 5 E EN2.2 Country Studies EBM093A05 5 E EN2.2 Economics of Regulating Markets EBM148A05 5 E EN2.2 Finance and Development EBM069A05 5 E EN2.2 Franchising EBM046A05 5 E EN2.2 Innovation & Entrepreneurship EBM621A05 5 E EN2.2 Service Operations EBM634A05 5 E EN

Programme: DD MSc IB&M - Fudan University, ShanghaiYear: 2Profile: core programme DD MSc IB&M - Fudan



F.4.5. Degree programme DD MSc IE&B - Fudan


Programme: DD MSc IE&B - Fudan University, ShanghaiYear: 1Profile: core programme DD MSc IE&B - Fudan


electives A DD MSc IE&B - Fudan 15 C EN

1.1-2 + 2.1-2

electives B DD MSc IE&B - Fudan 10 C EN

1.1 Competitiveness of Firms and Nations EBM092A05 5 C EN1.1 Foreign Dir. Investment & Trade (MSc) EBM086A05 5 C EN1.2 Research Seminar for IE&B EBM846B05 5 C EN2.1-2 Master’s Thesis IE&B EBM868A20 20 C EN

NB • Students choose 15 EC from ‘electives A DD MSc IE&B - Fudan’ (see list).• Students choose 10 EC from ‘electives B DD MSc IE&B - Fudan’ (see list) and/

or courses from ‘electives A DD MSc IE&B - Fudan’ (see list) which they have not already taken.

• If you start the MSc IE&B in February please note the following changes: ◦ Foreign Dir. Investment & Trade (MSc) in sem. IIa, ◦ Competitiveness in Firms and Nations in sem. IIa, ◦ Research Seminar for IE&B in sem. IIb, ◦ Master’s Thesis IE&B in sem. I.


160

Programme: DD MSc IE&B - Fudan University, ShanghaiYear: 1Profile: electives A DD MSc IE&B - Fudan

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1 Growth and Development Policies EBM095A05 5 E EN1.1 International Banking and Finance EBM096A05 5 E EN1.2 Global Finance and Growth EBM150A05 5 E EN1.2 Trade, Environment and Growth EBM097A05 5 E EN2.1 Economic Geography EBM094A05 5 E EN2.2 Country Studies EBM093A05 5 E EN

Programme: DD MSc IE&B - Fudan University, ShanghaiYear: 1Profile: electives B DD MSc IE&B Fudan

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1 Business Ethics EBM043A05 5 E EN1.1 Comparative Environmental Analysis EBM084B05 5 E EN1.1 Dependence & Extremes in Risk Management EBM113A05 5 E EN1.1 Developing for Markets EBM062A05 5 E EN1.1 HRM & International Labour Law EBM733A05 5 E EN1.2 Brand & Product Management EBM073A05 5 E EN1.2 Economic Growth in History EBM101A05 5 E EN1.2 International Corporate Finance EBM098A05 5 E EN1.2 International Risk Management EBM099A05 5 E EN1.2 International Strategic Alliances EBM090A05 5 E EN1.2 Managerial Decision Making and Control EBM027A05 5 E EN1.2 Responsible Finance and Investing EBM071A05 5 E EN1.2 Strategic Management & Technology EBM051A05 5 E EN2.1 Comparative Corporate Governance EBM083A05 5 E EN2.1 Conflict Man. & Industrial Relations EBM673A05 5 E EN2.1 International Entrepreneurship EBM089A05 5 E EN2.1 Monetary Policy and Financial Regulation EBM107A05 5 E EN2.2 Behavioural Finance & Personal Investing EBM806B05 5 E EN2.2 Economics of Regulating Markets EBM148A05 5 E EN2.2 Emerging Markets (MSc) EBM085A05 5 E EN2.2 Finance and Development EBM069A05 5 E EN2.2 Innovation & Entrepreneurship EBM621A05 5 E EN

Programme: DD MSc IE&B - Fudan University, ShanghaiYear: 2Profile: core programme DD MSc IE&B - Fudan

161





162

F.5. Georg-August University, Göttingen

F.5.1. Programme description DD MSc IE&B - Georg-August Univ., Göttingen

Programme Coordinator: Dr. B. Los, [email protected], (050) 363 7317



Programma profile

Georg-August University in Göttingen (in Central Germany, at less than five hours by train from Groningen) is a university with a long tradition. It has hosted several world-famous scientists, like Albert Einstein, Carl Friedrich Gauss and Niels Bohr. One of the more recent strengths of Georg-August University is its research program on poverty, inequality and growth, which was selected as one of the few academic “excellence initiatives” by the German government. The strength of this research programme is clearly reflected in the quality of teaching in the field of micro-economic development studies. In this programme, the quality of research and teaching regarding macro-oriented studies of growth, trade and structural change for which the University of Groningen is well-known is thus complemented with the opportunity to get deep knowledge of micro-economic aspects of these fields. The courses in Göttingen and Groningen share a strong focus on empirical methods and approaches. As a consequence, graduates of this Double Degree programme are fully equipped for a career in international organizations like the World Bank and UNCTAD. Graduates can also start a career in research.

Programme structure

for students from FEB:MSc DD IE&B with Göttingen specializing in development economics

Master’s Year 1 Master’s Year 2Semester 1 (FEB) Semester 2 (GOT) Semester 3 (GOT) Semester 4 (FEB)25 ECs compulsory courses, 5 ECs elective course

30 ECs (1 compulsory and 4 specialization courses and elective Master courses at GOT)

30 ECs: 18 ECs compulsory, 12 ECs elective courses

30 ECs: compulsory courses and Master thesis

for students from Göttingen:MSc DD IE&B with Göttingen

specializing in applied international and development economicsMaster’s Year 1 Master’s Year 2

Semester 1 (GOT) Semester 2 (GOT) Semester 3 (FEB) Semester 4 (FEB)30 ECs compulsory, specialization and elective Master courses at GOT

30 ECs compulsory, specialization and elective Master courses at GOT

25 ECs compulsory courses, 5 ECs elective course

30 ECs compulsory courses and Master’s thesis




163





• insight into the consequences of globalization for multinational enterprises and the socio-economic and institutional differences between countries;

• the use of quantitative and statistical techniques for policy analysis and evaluation in a development context.;

• the ability to apply the tools of modern economic analysis to issues of development policy;

• acquired analytical and business skills in an international context;• the capacity to evaluate critically different approaches to development analysis and

policy that research and applied work in the development field now requires and• the qualifications to enter PhD programmes and work in international research

instutions.

Key facts

Start of programme: 1 SeptemberDuration (in semesters): 4Total credits: 120 ECsLanguage: EnglishType of degree: • MSc in International Economics and Business (University of

Groningen) and• MA in International Economics, specialization Development

Economics (Georg-August-University Göttingen)Graduates will receive two diploma supplements on which it will be noted that the respective degrees are awarded within the framework of the double degree programme between Georg-August-University Göttingen and the University of Groningen.

Admission: The admission requirements for this specialisation are the same as those for the MSc International Economics and Business Master’s degree programme, with an additional requirement that candidates should have at least a GPA of ≥ 7 and that the grade of the Bachelor degree thesis is ≥ 7. In selecting candidates, the respective selection committees will also take account of factors such as motivation and relevant knowledge of international/development economics.

Application: For students not yet enrolled in the MSc IE&B programme, please go to: www.rug.nl/howtoapplyThe application deadline (via Studielink and OAS) is May 1.st

Tuition fees 2014 - 2015

• EEA students: € 1,906 per year• Non EEA students: € 13,000 per yearA small extra participation fee may be required for the period spent at the partner university. For more information please visit the DD website.


164

NB: Students remain enrolled, fee-paying students at the ‘home’ university until they have completed the 120 ECs of the DD programme. GOT students must also enrol as fee-paying students at RUG in order to be eligible for a Dutch degree certificate. Students with exchange status are not eligible for Dutch degree certificates in the Netherlands

Career prospects

This double degree programme has been designed for individuals who aspire to a career in national, international, multinational or transnational institutions and enterprises such as:• international economist and strategy expert in a multinational corporation;• staff member with an (inter)national governmental organisations such as IMF,

Worldbank, OECD, WTO, ECB, ODI or the EU;• professional economist on development and Central-East European transition

economic issues in international agencies, governments or the private sector;• economic consultant with an (inter)national governmental organization and• business consultant with an internationally operating consultancy firm.

Further information

http://www.rug.nl/masters/ddm-international-development-economics/

F.5.2. Degree programme DD MSc IE&B - Georg-August Univ., Göttingen


Programme: DD MSc IE&B – Georg-August University, GöttingenYear: 1Profile: core programme for students from FEB

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1 Competitiveness of Firms and Nations EBM092A05 5 C EN1.1 Foreign Dir. Investment & Trade (MSc) EBM086A05 5 C EN1.1 Growth and Development Policies EBM095A05 5 C EN1.2 Research Seminar for IE&B EBM846B05 5 C EN1.2 Trade, Environment and Growth EBM097A05 5 C EN1.21.21.2

• International Corporate Finance or • International Strategic Alliances or• Responsible Finance and Investing

EBM098A05EBM090A05EBM071A05

555

EG AEG AEG A

ENENEN

2.1-2 study at GOT, Göttingen 30 C EN


Programme: DD MSc IE&B – Georg-August University, GöttingenYear: 1Profile: core programme for students from Göttingen

http://www.rug.nl/masters/ddm-international-development-economics/

165



study at GOT, Göttingen 60 C EN

Programme: DD MSc IE&B – Georg-August University, GöttingenYear: 2Profile: core programme for students from FEB

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1-2 study at GOT, Göttingen 30 C EN2.1-2 Master’s Thesis IE&B EBM868A20 20 C EN2.1 International Business Strategy (MSc) EBM088A05 5 C EN2.2 Country Studies EBM093A05 5 C EN

Programme: DD MSc IE&B – Georg-August University, GöttingenYear: 2Profile: core programme for students from Göttingen


1.1 Competitiveness of Firms and Nations EBM092A05 5 C EN1.1 Foreign Dir. Investment & Trade (MSc) EBM086A05 5 C EN1.1 Growth and Development Policies EBM095A05 5 C EN1.2 Research Seminar for IE&B EBM846B05 5 C EN1.2 Trade, Environment and Growth EBM097A05 5 C EN1.21.21.2

• International Corporate Finance or• International Strategic Alliances or • Responsible Finance and Investing

EBM098A05EBM090A05EBM071A05

555

EG BEG BEG B

ENENEN

2.1-2 Master’s Thesis IE&B EBM868A20 20 C EN2.1 International Business Strategy (MSc) EBM088A05 5 C EN2.2 Country Studies EBM093A05 5 C EN

NB Students choose 5 EC from elective group B.


166

F.6. Newcastle University Business School, Newcastle

F.6.1. Programme description DD MSc IB&M - NUBS, Newcastle

Programme Coördinator: Mr H.A.Ritsema, [email protected], (050) 363 3844

Information: Ms R. (Ineke) van Est, [email protected], (050) 363 6692


Content

The Double Degree MSc in International Business and Management is a highly unique degree programme, delivered by two academically renowned European institutions - Newcastle University Business School and the University of Groningen. The overall aim of the programme is to provide a pre-experience Masters qualification in business management with a strong international dimension. Specifically the programme aims to provide participants with an opportunity to engage with the issues experienced by internationally oriented organisations. Within this context, attention is paid to the comparative analyses of countries, institutions, cultures and the strategic decision-making of companies operating within this environment.The collaborative approach to this programme provides students with the opportunity to: • study a distinctive and internationally focused curriculum in business and

management; • study at two highly respected and traditionally focused universities;• gain a postgraduate dual award (MA and MSc) degree enabling participants to

prepare for and/or further develop a successful career in international business and management and

• live in two of Europe’s most exciting and friendly cities.

The programme is modular in structure, comprises 180 ECs and is a full-time programme of 17 months. Students will take one semester at the Faculty of Economics and Business at the University of Groningen and one semester at Newcastle University Business School. Supervision for the dissertation is managed jointly by the two institutions, but students will be given the choice as to which university to undertake their dissertation from.

Programme structure

for students who start in Groningen::DD MSc IB&M - NUBS, Newcastle

Master’s Year 1 Master’s Year 2Semester 1 (FEB) Semester 2 (NUBS) Semester 3 (FEB and NUBS)30 ECs compulsory courses and elective MSc IB&M

30 ECs courses and electives at NUBS

5 ECs elective MSc IB&MWriting joint Master thesis at RUG or NUBS under joint FEB/NUBS supervision, with final grading by FEB and NUBS.




167


for students who start in Newcastle:DD MSc IB&M - NUBS, Newcastle

Master’s Year 1 Master’s Year 2Semester 1 (NUBS) Semester 2 (FEB) Semester 3 (FEB and NUBS)30 ECs courses and electives at NUBS

30 ECs Compulsory MSc IB&M courses5 ECs elective MSc IB&M

Writing joint Master thesis at RUG or NUBS under joint FEB/NUBS supervision, with final grading by FEB and NUBS


The Double Degree MSc in International Business and Management aims to provide students with an opportunity to engage with the issues experienced by internationally orientated organisations. Within this context, attention is paid to the comparative analyses of countries, institutions, cultures and the strategic decision making of companies operating within this environment. More specifically, the programme aims to provide graduates with: • an ability to apply their knowledge and understanding of international business

management to complex issues, both systematically and creatively; • an in-depth knowledge of marketing theories, including advanced skills in the

analysis of markets in an international context;• an understanding of management, leadership and business practice within

international organisations; • an opportunity to conceptualise real world problems using analytical frameworks

drawn from marketing, international marketing and international business theory and

• an ability to critically evaluate these issues within the context of the activities of businesses, government and non-governmental organisations.

Key facts

Start of programme: 1 SeptemberDuration (in semesters):

3

Total credits: 90 ECsLanguage: EnglishType of degree: • MSc in International Business and Management (University of

Groningen) and• MSc in Advanced International Business Management &

Marketing (for students who start in Groningen, degree from Newcastle University) or MA in Advanced International Business Management (for students who start in Newcastle, degree from Newcastle University).

Graduates will also receive a diploma supplement in Groningen on which it is noted that the RUG degree is awarded within the framework of the double degree programme with Newcastle University.

Admission: For students who start in Groningen: The admission requirements for this double degree are the same as those for the MSc International Business & Management plus a GPA of 7 or above and proof of English skills (TOEFL 580 or comparable).


168

For students who start in Newcastle: The admission requirements for this double degree are the same as those for the MSc International Business Management of NUBS

Application: FEB: Please go to: www.rug.nl/howtoapply• NUBS:: Through Newcastle University Business School

Tuition fees 2014 - 2015

• For students who start in Groningen: EEA students: € 6,800 for the complete duration of the programme, until 1 March 2016 Non EEA students: € 19,600 for the complete duration of the programme, until 1 March 2016 (to be paid to the University of Groningen

• Students who start in Newcastle must pay a tuition fee to Newcastle University Business School.

Career prospects

The programme has been designed for individuals who aspire to a career in international business management and will prepare students for a range of positions in international, multinational or transnational companies.

Further information

http://www.rug.nl/masters/ddm-advanced-international-business-management-and-marketing/

F.6.2. Degree programme DD MSc IB&M - NUBS, Newcastle


Programme: DD MSc IB&M – NUBS, NewcastleYear: 1Profile: core programme (start Groningen)

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1-2 electives DD IB&M - NUBS (st Gron) 10 C EN1.1 Comparative Environmental Analysis EBM084B05 5 C EN1.1 International Business Strategy (MSc) EBM088A05 5 C EN1.2 International Corporate Finance EBM098A05 5 C EN1.2 International Strategic Alliances EBM090A05 5 C EN2.1-2 study at NUBS, Newcastle 30 C EN

Programme: DD MSc IB&M – NUBS, NewcastleYear: 1Profile: electives DD MSc IB&M - NUBS (start Groningen)



169


sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1 Business Ethics EBM043A05 5 E EN1.1 Foreign Dir. Investment & Trade (MSc) EBM086A05 5 E EN1.1 Growth and Development Policies EBM095A05 5 E EN1.1 IT Governance EBM048A05 5 E EN1.1 Organization Design (MSc) EBM049A05 5 E EN1.2 Business Process Innovation and Change EBM044A05 5 E EN1.2 Financial Reporting (MSc) EBM045A05 5 E EN1.2 Operations Management in Proc. Industry EBM725C05 5 E EN1.2 Responsible Finance and Investing EBM071A05 5 E EN1.2 Strategic Management & Technology EBM051A05 5 E EN1.2 Trade, Environment and Growth EBM097A05 5 E EN

Programme: DD MSc IB&M – NUBS, NewcastleYear: 1Profile: core programme (start Newcastle)

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1-2 study at NUBS, Newcastle 30 C EN2.1-2 electives DD IB&M - NUBS (st Newc) 10 C EN2.1 Comparative Environmental Analysis EBM084B05 5 C EN2.1 International Business Strategy (MSc) EBM088A05 5 C EN2.2 Research Seminar for IB&M EBM718B05 5 C EN2.2

2.2

• Corporate Soc.Resp. & Global Value Chain or

• Emerging Markets (MSc)

EBM149A05

EBM085A05

5

5

EG A

EG A

EN

EN


Programme: DD MSc IB&M – NUBS, NewcastleYear: 1Profile: electives DD MSc IB&M - NUBS (start Newcastle)

sem course title code EC C/E lang2.1 Comparative Corporate Governance EBM083A05 5 E EN2.1 International Entrepreneurship EBM089A05 5 E EN2.2 B2B Marketing EBM808B05 5 E EN2.2 Behavioural Perspectives on Corp. Gov. EBM023A05 5 E EN2.2 Country Studies EBM093A05 5 E EN2.2 Franchising EBM046A05 5 E EN2.2 Innovation & Entrepreneurship EBM621A05 5 E EN2.2 Service Operations EBM634A05 5 E EN

Programme: DD MSc IB&M – NUBS, NewcastleYear: 2Profile: core programme (start Groningen)


170


1.1-2 elective DD MSc IB&M - NUBS (st Gron) 5 C EN1.1-2 Master’s Thesis IB&M - DD Newcastle EBM091A25 25 C EN

NB If students write their thesis in Newcastle they must do the 5 EC elective course in semes-ter I of year 1 (instead of semester I of year 2)

Programme: DD MSc IB&M – NUBS, NewcastleYear: 2Profile: core programme (start Newcastle)

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1-2 elective DD MSc IB&M - NUBS (st Gron) 5 C EN1.1-2 Master’s Thesis IB&M - DD Newcastle EBM091A25 25 C EN

171


F.6.3. Programme description DD MSc TOM - NUBS, Newcastle

Programme Director: Ms Prof. I.F.A. Vis, [email protected], 050 363 7491

Programme Coordinator: Dr J.A.C. Bokhorst, [email protected], (050) 363 4693

Secretary: Ms N. van de Beek, [email protected], 050 363 3921


Content

The programme enables students to deepen their knowledge and skills in the fields of Operations Management, Technology Management and Supply Chain Management. It provides advanced knowledge and understanding of how to improve business performance and organise competitive advantages in technology-intensive industries. In addition, it enhances the general intellectual development of students, including the improved capacity for enquiry, problem solving, critical thinking and analysis.

Programme structure

DD MSc TOM – NUBS, Newcastle Master’s Year 1 Master’s Year 2

Semester 1 (NUBS) Semester 2 (FEB) Semester 3 (FEB and NUBS)30 ECs core and compulsory courses

30 ECs core and compulsory courses

30 ECs joint FEB/NUBS Master Thesis Project


• Advanced knowledge of operations management in different business environments and cultural contexts as a means of improving organisational performance;

• The necessary specialist knowledge and skills appropriate to pursue careers in operations management, technology management, supply chain management, general management or consulting;

• Personal and interpersonal skills, such as report writing, presentation, working in groups and an appreciation of working in a multicultural environment;

• Advanced research skills, the ability to critically evaluate and utilise current research and to make a relevant contribution to organisations and research community.

Key facts

Start of programme: 1 SeptemberDuration (in semesters): 3Total credits: 90 ECsLanguage: English


mailto:j.a.c.bokhorst%40rug.nl?subject=

mailto:n.van.de.beek%40rug.nl?subject=



172

Type of degree: • MSc in Technology and Operations Management (University of Groningen) and

• MSc in Operations and Supply Chain Management (Newcastle University)

Graduates will also receive a diploma supplement on which it is noted that the RUG degree is awarded within the framework of the double degree programme with Newcastle University.

Admission: • For EU students who apply for the double degree with the RUG, the admission requirements are the same as those for the RUG’s MSc TOM.

• For students who apply for the double degree with Newcastle University, the entry requirements for the double degree are the same as those for Newcastle University’s MSc in Operations and Supply Chain Management.

Application: EU students already registered in an undergraduate programme at the RUG that grants direct admission to the MSc TOM programme should submit their applications via the double degree programme coordinator: [email protected] (deadline May 1st). All other students need to apply to Newcastle University Business School (http://www.ncl.ac.uk/postgraduate/apply/form/)For more information, see: http://www.rug.nl/masters/ddm-operations-management/.

Tuition fees 2014 - 2015 • EEA students: € 6,800 for the 18-month DD programme• Non EEA students: € 19,600 for the 18-month DD programme

NB: EU students of an undergraduate programme of the University of Groningen whith direct admission to the MSc Technology and Operations Management (i.e. all FEB bachelor programmes, the Pre-MSc Technology and Operations Management as well as the BSc Industrial Engineering and Management) may apply for admission to this double degree programme through the procedure described below. They have to submit their application to the coordinator. Application includes:• writing a motivation letter;• providing a copy of your university marks (results) • indicating completion of the undergraduate programme or providing evidence that it

will be completed before the double degree programme starts and • showing proficiency in mathematics and English through a listing of the grades on

relevant courses.All other students need to apply with the Newcastle University Business School.

Career prospects

As a graduates you are qualified for a wide range of positions, including: • Operations Manager • Technology manager • Supply Chain Manager• Consultant in the field of innovation or technology • Project manager for product/process innovations • Positions in industrial and service organizationsr• Research-oriented positionsGraduates are able to address the need for continuous performance improvement and the quest for efficient resource use in any organisation.

mailto:j.a.c.bokhorst%40rug.nl

http://www.ncl.ac.uk/postgraduate/apply/form/

http://www.rug.nl/masters/ddm-operations-management/


173


Further information


F.6.4. Degree programme DD MSc TOM - NUBS, Newcastle


Programme: DD MSc TOM – NUBS, NewcastleYear: 1Profile: core programme

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1-2 study at NUBS, Newcastle 30 C EN2.1 Asset Management EBM024A05 5 C EN2.1 Inventory Management EBM026A05 5 C EN2.1 Process Improvement and Change EBM036B05 5 C EN2.1 Product & Service Development EBM760B05 5 C EN2.2 Behavioural Operations Management EBM032A05 5 C EN2.2 Research Methods for TOM EBM031A05 5 C EN2.2 Thesis preparation C EN

NB In semester II b all students participate in the thesis preparation training module, offered in Groningen.

Programme: DD MSc TOM – NUBS, NewcastleYear: 2Profile: core programme

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1-2 Master’s Thesis TOM-DD Newcastle EBM028A30 30 C EN



174

F.7. Universidad de Chile, Santiago de Chile

F.7.1. Programme description DD MSc Economics - Universidad de Chile


Programme Coordinator: Prof. J.P. Elhorst, [email protected], (050) 363 3893

Secretary: Ms. E.T.Jelsema, [email protected], (050) 363 3685


Language: English

Content

The University of Chile (Universidad de Chile), founded in 1842, is the oldest higher education institution in Chile. The University is located in the capital city Santiago de Chile. It is a public university of international quality. It consists of fourteen faculties; it has over 38,000 students (28,600 undergraduate students and 9,600 graduate students). It employs almost 3,000 faculty members of which a little more than 1,000 are full-time. The University is placed among the 500 best higher educational establishments in the World Ranking of Universities (University Shanghai Jiao Tong) and is ranked number 10 among its Latin-American peers in the Latin-American Ranking of Research Institutes (SCImago Research Group, Spain).

Founded in 1934, the Faculty of Economics and Business (Facultad de Economía y Negocios, FEN) is one of Latin America’s leading business schools. The faculty offers first-class, internationally competitive education in Business Administration, Economics, Information Systems & Management Control and Auditing, on a bachelor and masters level, along with a range of MBA programs, a highly regarded Economics PhD and flexible executive education.

Double degree programme details

The Master in Economic Analysis offered by FEN aims to tackle the problems and challenges of emerging economies from an applied perspective. The programme trains economic experts and provide them with excellent abilities enabling them to analyse policies and economic decisions, both in public and private areas. The programme, which started in 2011, is taught by experts holding PhD degrees from the best universities in the world, such as Harvard University, Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT), UC Berkeley , Oxford University, Yale University and University of Cambridge. Several of these experts have professional experience in the design of public policies and have worked for international organizations such as the World Bank, the Inter-American Development Bank and the United Nations. Graduates of the programme will be able to work as consultants or staff for multilateral organizations, governments and private institutions in the private sector. The World Bank rated the programme as “preferred university” programme, a categorization enabling students to apply for scholarships provided by this organization.

MSc Economics graduates seeking a career as economists at multilateral organizations such as the World Bank, IMF, etc., governmental departments dealing with



mailto:e.t.jelsema%40rug.nl?subject=


175


multinational economic co-operation and/or internationally operating financial and/or consultancy firms should be trained in the economics of policy making and policy design. They should furthermore have knowledge of the economic and monetary policies and political economics of leading nations and to recognise trends in the world economy. The Double Degree Master programme Economics/Economic Analysis consists of the one year MSc Economics programme offered by the Faculty of Economics and Business of the University of Groningen and part of the Master in Economic Analysis programme offered by FEN of the University of Chile.

The programme consists of two parts. Students who start the programme in Groningen enrol in the MSc Economics. On successful completion of the master programme (equivalent to 60 ECs, i.e. two semesters of 30 ECs), students deregister from the faculty of Economics and Business of the University of Groningen and continue their studies at FEN of the University of Chile, where they complete another six months of study (i.e. one semester), equivalent to 30 ECs. After finishing their course work at the University of Chile, they have completed 90 ECs (including the master thesis) for which they receive degrees from both universities. FEN will recognize the courses and thesis completed during the two semesters at the University of Groningen as counting for their own Master in Economic Analysis degree. After successfully completing the courses during the semester at FEN, students will obtain the Master in Economic Analysis degree. Which courses students take during this semester depends on the electives they chose at the University of Groningen. In order to satisfy the FEN graduation requirements, during the three semesters, students need to complete at least two courses in macroeconomics; two courses in microeconomics; two courses in econometrics and three elective courses.

Students starting at the University of Chile enrol in the MSc in Economic Analysis and complete one year of course work (equivalent to 60 ECs), after which they are eligible to be enrolled in the second semester of the MSc Economics programme at the University of Groningen. After completing this semester in Groningen , equivalent to 30 ECs, they have completed 90 ECs (including the master thesis) for which they receive degrees from both universities. On completion of the first year of the Master in Economic Analysis at the University of Chile students enter the second semester of the MSc Economics in Groningen. They can choose from different electives depending on the electives they chose in the first year of their studies at the University of Chile. Moreover, during their stay at the University of Groningen they write their master’s thesis. In order to satisfy the FEN graduation requirements, during the three semesters students need to complete at least two courses in macroeconomics; two courses in microeconomics; two courses in econometrics and three elective courses.

The double degree programme offers students an opportunity to gain comprehensive knowledge of the problems and challenges of emerging economies from an applied point of view. Students are trained to analyse policies and economic decisions, both in public and private areas. In addition, students have the opportunity to experience international student life in two different cultures with sufficient time spent in each environment to obtain a thorough understanding of both cultures and to graduate after 18 months with two nationally and internationally recognised Master’s degrees from two outstanding, research-driven institutions in Chile and The Netherlands.


176

Programme structure

For students from FEB:DD MSc Economics – Master in Economic Analysis, Universidad de Chile,

SantiagoMaster’s Year 1 (60 ECs) Master’s Year 2

(30 ECs)Semester 1 (FEB) Semester 2 (FEB) Semester 3 (FEN)

15 ECs compulsory and 15 ECs elective courses MSc Economics = 30 ECs

10 ECs elective courses MSc Economics, 20 ECs Master’s thesis = 30 ECs

5 elective courses = 30 ECs; which courses students take in the third semester depends on the electives they chose in the first two semesters at FEB. In order to satisfy the FEN graduation requirements, during the three semesters, students need to complete at least: 2 courses in macroeconomics; 2 courses in microeconomics; 2 courses in econometrics and three elective courses

For students from Chile:DD MSc Economics – Master in Economic Analysis, Universidad de Chile,

SantiagoMaster’s Year 1 (48 ECs) Master’s Year 2

(30 ECs)Semester 1 (FEN) Semester 2 (FEN) Semester 3 (FEB)4 core and elective courses = 24 ECs

4 core and elective courses = 24 ECs

2 elective courses (= 10 ECs); 20 ECs Master’s thesis = 30 ECs; which courses students take in the third semester depends on the electives they chose in the first two semes-ters at FEN. In order to satisfy the FEN graduation require-ments, during the three semesters, students need to complete at least: 2 courses in macroeconomics; 2 courses in microeconomics; 2 courses in econometrics and three elective courses




• insight into the consequences of globalisation for multinational enterprises and the socio-economic and institutional differences between countries, in particular

177


differences between European countries and emerging economies (specifically those in Latin America);

• the ability to apply the tools of modern economic analysis to issues of development policy;

• acquired analytical skills in an international context;• the capacity to evaluate critically different approaches to development analysis and

policy;• comprehensive knowledge of the economy and policy making, especially in the

context of emerging economies and• the qualifications to enter PhD programmes and work in international research

institutions.

Key facts

Start of programme: 1 September (for students fromd FEB)2nd week of March (for students from Chile)

Duration (in semesters): 3Total credits: 90 ECsLanguage: EnglishType of degree: • Master of Science (MSc) Economics (University of Groningen)

and • Master in Economic Analysis (Universdad de Chile)

Admission: • For the students from FEB: The admission requirements for this programme are identical to the admission requirements for the MSc Economics. In selecting candidates, the selection committee(s) will take account of factors such as motivation, GPA, absence of study delay, interest in gaining a global perspective on world economics and business and in particular, a desire to develop the skills and knowledge needed for an international career in or involving emerging economies.

• For students from Chile: The admission requirements for this programme are identical to the admission requirements for the Master in Economic Analysis

Application: • For the students from FEB: Students who are already registered in the MSc Economics can contact Prof. J.P. Elhorst ([email protected]). Application deadline for students already enrolled at FEB-RUG (as Bachelor or Master student): 1 January. All other students can apply online. Please go to: www.rug.nl/howtoapply. The general application deadlines apply.

• For the students from Chile: Application deadline: 1 November.

Tuition fees 2014 - 2015 • For the students from FEB: Year 1 (two semesters): regular tuition fees for Groningen (EEA students: € 1,906 per year; Non EEA students: € 13,000 per year) Year 2 (1 semester): tuition fee University of Chile ($ 5,800, i.e. approx. € 4,435)


178

• For the students from Chile: Year 1 (two semesters): tuition fee University of Chile ($11,600, i.e. approx. € 8,870) Year 2 (one semester): regular tuition fees for Groningen (EEA students: approx.. € 1,100; Non EEA students: approx.. € 7,580)

Specific progression requirements for the double degree programme

For legal reasons students from FEB-RUG who want to participate in the Programme will be registered as FEN-UCH students in January of the year after they start their FEB-RUG ME programme. However, they will only be allowed to actually start the FEN-UCH part of the Programme after they have completed all the work for the Master in Economics at RUG in June. This includes the Master’s thesis project, which consists of writing an academic research paper and a research seminar. At FEN-UCH, they follow the courses of the FEN-UCH’s Master in Economic Analysis in FEN-UCH semester 2 (i.e. July-December). After successfully completing the courses in this semester, they will obtain the degree from UCH, assuming that the courses in macroeconomics, microeconomics, econometrics plus at least two electives, as well as the thesis they have completed for the Master in Economics at RUG are accepted by FEN-UCH.

Students from FEN-UCH can only enrol in the FEB-RUG’s Master in Economics after they have completed the courses of semester 1 and 2 (total 48 credits) of the Master in Economic Analysis at UCH in December. They follow the courses of the FEB-RUG’s Master in Economics in FEB-RUG’s semester 2 (i.e. February-June), which means that they follow at least two of the four economics courses offered during this semester and that they write their Master’s thesis. The Master thesis project consists of writing an academic research paper plus a research seminar. After successfully completing the courses and the Master’s thesis in this semester, they will obtain the degree from RUG.Students who start the Programme at FEN-UCH also need to satisfy the regular FEB-RUG English language requirements by the time they come to Groningen (i.e. IELTS 6.5 or TOEFL 580 or equivalent). Students who start their programme at FEB-RUG will automatically satisfy FEN-UCH’s English language requirements.

Career prospects

This double degree programme has been designed for individuals who aspire to a career in national, international, multinational or transnational institutions and enterprises such as:• international economist, financial expert and/or strategy expert in a multinational

corporation;• staff member with an (inter)national governmental organisations such as IMF,

Worldbank, OECD, WTO, ECB, ODI or the EU;• professional economist on development, Latin American transition economic issues

in international agencies, governments or the private sector;• economic or financial consultant with an (inter)national governmental organization

and• business consultant with an internationally operating consultancy firm.

179


F.7.2. Degree programme DD MSc Economics - Universidad de Chile


Programme: DD MSc Economics - Universidad de Chile, SantiagoYear: 1Profile: core programme for students from FEB


electives A for students from FEB 15 C EN

1.1-2 + 2.1-2

electives B for students from FEB 10 C EN


NB • Students choose 15 EC from electives A for students from FEB (see list).• Students choose 10 EC from electives B for students from FEB (see list) or from

electives A for students from FEB which they have not already taken.• If you start the DD MSc Economics - UdC in February please note the following

changes: ◦ - Empirical Methods of Economics in sem. IIa, ◦ - Master’s Thesis Economics in sem. I

Programme: DD MSc Economics - Universidad de Chile, SantiagoYear: 1Profile: electives A for students from FEB

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.2 Competition Policy - Theory and Practice EBM100A05 5 E EN1.2 Economic Growth in History EBM101A05 5 E EN1.2 Empirical Macroeconomics EBM102A05 5 E EN2.1 Microeconomics of Household Behaviour EBM106A05 5 E EN2.1 Monetary Policy and Financial Regulation EBM107A05 5 E EN2.2 Economics of Regulating Markets EBM148A05 5 E EN2.2 Public Economics and Social Policy EBM108A05 5 E EN

Programme: DD MSc Economics - Universidad de Chile, SantiagoYear: 1Profile: electives B for students from FEB

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1 Dependence & Extremes in Risk Management EBM113A05 5 E EN1.1 Econometric Theory and Methods EBM835B05 5 E EN


180

1.1 Growth and Development Policies EBM095A05 5 E EN1.1 International Banking and Finance EBM096A05 5 E EN1.2 Econometric Inference EBM021A05 5 E EN1.2 Models for Short Term Risk Management EBM114A05 5 E EN1.2 Responsible Finance and Investing EBM071A05 5 E EN1.2 Trade, Environment and Growth EBM097A05 5 E EN2.1 Applied Macroeconometrics EBM109A05 5 E EN2.1 Applied Microeconometrics EBM110A05 5 E EN2.1 Asset and Liability Management EBM111A05 5 E EN2.1 Economic Geography EBM094A05 5 E EN2.2 Behavioural Finance & Personal Investing EBM806B05 5 E EN2.2 Country Studies EBM093A05 5 E EN2.2 Emerging Markets (MSc) EBM085A05 5 E EN2.2 Finance and Development EBM069A05 5 E EN

Programme: DD MSc Economics - Universidad de Chile, SantiagoYear: 1Profile: core programme for students from Chile


Study at Universidad de Chile, Santiago 60 C EN

Programme: DD MSc Economics - Universidad de Chile, SantiagoYear: 2Profile: core programme for students from FEB

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1-2 Study at Universidad de Chile, Santiago 30 C EN

Programme: DD MSc Economics - Universidad de Chile, SantiagoYear: 2Profile: core programme for students from Chile

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1-2 electives for students from Chile 10 C EN1.1-2 Master’s Thesis Economics EBM877A20 20 C EN

Programme: DD MSc Economics - Universidad de Chile, SantiagoYear: 2Profile: electives for students from Chile

sem course title code EC C/E lang2.1 Applied Macroeconometrics EBM109A05 5 E EN2.1 Applied Microeconometrics EBM110A05 5 E EN2.1 Asset and Liability Management EBM111A05 5 E EN

181


2.1 Economic Geography EBM094A05 5 E EN2.1 Microeconomics of Household Behaviour EBM106A05 5 E EN2.1 Monetary Policy and Financial Regulation EBM107A05 5 E EN2.2 Behavioural Finance & Personal Investing EBM806B05 5 E EN2.2 Country Studies EBM093A05 5 E EN2.2 Economics of Regulating Markets EBM148A05 5 E EN2.2 Emerging Markets (MSc) EBM085A05 5 E EN2.2 Finance and Development EBM069A05 5 E EN2.2 Public Economics and Social Policy EBM108A05 5 E EN

NB Students choose 10 EC from the list of electives for students from Chile Electives similar to those they have already taken in Chile are excluded.


182

F.8. Uppsala University, Uppsala

F.8.1. Programme description DD MSc IFM - UU, Uppsala

Programme Coordinator: Dr W. Westerman, [email protected], (050) 363 7088


Content

The International Financial Management double degree programme is offered jointly by the University of Groningen in the Netherlands and Uppsala University in Sweden. The double degree programme consists of two one-year master programmes: the Master of Science in International Financial Management (MSc IFM) of the University of Groningen and the Master of Science in Business and Economics of Uppsala University, Sweden. It has a unique set-up. Students take one semester of courses at Groningen, one semester of courses at Uppsala and they must take electives and write one master’s thesis (also one semester), which is supervised by staff members from both universities. The thesis will be part of both Master of Science programmes. By organizing the thesis project in this way, students can effectively study two one-year master programmes in three semesters (i.e. 18 months/90 ECs).These days internationally oriented firms and organizations do not merely need financial specialists who are acquainted with the latest tools and techniques. They are rather looking for professionals who can use these tools and techniques for managing information and business resources. The IFM programme is different from most other Master programmes in international finance because it focuses on managerial aspects of international finance. The curriculum is designed to provide students with the skills they will need to function as a financial manager in an internationally operating firm or organization. It will give them a thorough understanding of the different aspects of financial management in an international business environment and aims at teaching students to think strategically and to explore how change can be initiated and managed.

Programme structure

for students from FEB:DD MSc IFM – UU, Uppsala

Master’s Year 1 Master’s Year 2Semester 1 (FEB) Semester 2 (UU) Semester 3 (FEB and/or UU)30 ECs advanced courses FEB 30 ECs advanced courses UU 10 ECs elective courses;

20 ECs joint FEB/UU Master Thesis Project


The Master programme in the International Financial Management programme focuses on the study of the managerial aspects of international financial issues. The curriculum of the MSc IFM is designed to provide graduates with the skills they will need to operate as a good financial manager in an internationally operating firm or organization. It aims at learning to think strategically and to explore how one can initiate and manage change.

w.westerman%40rug.n


183


Therefore, the MSc IFM offers students a programme that matches the demand of the market for managers who are able to manage international financial operations. Graduates from this programme will be able to: • Make decisions at strategic level in many different private and public organisations

that are internationally oriented. • Choose the appropriate analytical techniques for analysing and managing

international financial problems. • Provide and present relevant information for businesses operating internationally. • Apply theory of international finance to practical situations. • Carry out and present research findings on issues in international finance.

Key facts

Start of programme: 1 SeptemberDuration (in semesters): 3Total credits: 90 ECsLanguage: EnglishType of degree: • MSc in International Financial Management (University of

Groningen) and• MSc in Business and Economics (Uppsala University).Graduates will also receive a diploma supplement on which it is noted that the RUG degree is awarded within the framework of the double degree programme with Uppsala University.

Admission: The admission requirements for this double degree are the same as those for the MSc International Financial Management at FEB-RUG.

Application: Please go to: www.rug.nl/howtoapplyTuition fees 2014 - 2015 • EEA students: € 1,906 tuition fee per year

• Non EEA students:: € 13,000 per year• All DD students: € 3,500 (one-time participation fee)

Career prospects

International Financial Management (IFM) aims to develop future managers to handle the complexities of foreign capital investments and financing, evaluate risks related to operating abroad, manage and control international production and sales activities, manage alliances with foreign parties and organise the processing and reporting information. Graduates will be trained for managerial careers in financial organizations as well as in multinational companies as corporate financial managers. Graduate from this programme may pursue a career at senior management level in various internationally oriented organizations, such as multinationals and/or international organizations. Graduate may also take up research oriented positions or conduct further research for a Ph.D. (with a view to an academic career).

Further information

http://www.rug.nl/masters/international-financial-management-dd/

http://www.rug.nl/masters/international-financial-management-dd/


184

F.8.2. Degree programme DD MSc IFM - UU, Uppsala


Programme: DD MSc IFM – UU, UppsalaYear: 1Profile: core programme for students from FEB

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1 International Business Strategy (MSc) EBM088A05 5 C EN1.1 International Man. Accounting & Control EBM662A05 5 C EN1.1 Research Methods in Finance EBM070A05 5 C EN1.2 Financial Reporting (MSc) EBM045A05 5 C EN1.2 International Corporate Finance EBM098A05 5 C EN1.2 International Risk Management EBM099A05 5 C EN2.1-2 study in Uppsala 30 C EN

Programme: DD MSc IFM – UU, UppsalaYear: 2Profile: core programme for students from FEB

sem course title code EC C/E lang1.1-2 Master’s Thesis IFM EBM022A20 20 C EN1.1 electives from selective list 10 C EN

NB Selective list - students may choose electives from the following MSc programmes: MSc Finance, MSc BA O&MC, MSc Economics, MSc EORAS, MSc IE&B and MSc IB&M.

185

Substitutie- en overgangsregelingen / Substitution and transition regulations

G. Substitutie- en overgangsregelingen / Substitution and transition regulations

G.1. Substitutie- en overgangsregelingen bacheloropleidingen / Substitution and transition regulations Bachelor’s degree programmes

G.1.1. Algemeen / General

(= BSc-OER bijlage 10.1)1. Het bachelorprogramma dat ontstaat na toepassing van een substitutieregeling

dient te allen tijde tenminste 180 EC te omvatten. Indien dat niet het geval is, dient de student een (of meer) extra keuzevak(ken) af te ronden.

2. Indien een propedeutisch programma na toepassing van een substitutieregeling minder dan 60 EC omvat, wordt de propedeusebul niet eerder uitgereikt dan nadat met het afronden van een (of meer) tweedejaarsvakken de 60 EC-grens is gepasseerd.

3. Een eventueel overschot aan tijdens de propedeuse behaalde EC’s kan gebruikt worden om de vrije keuzeruimte in te vullen.

4. Binnen de substitutieregelingen worden 3 opties onderscheiden: ◦ optie 1: het substitutievak verschilt inhoudelijk niet of nauwelijks van

het vak uit het oude programma. Wel kunnen naam, vakcode, voertaal of blok gewijzigd zijn. In het geval van een verandering van blok kunnen studenten het substitutievak alleen in het nieuwe blok volgen; ook het (her)tentamen kan alleen in het nieuwe blok worden afgelegd;

◦ optie 2: het substitutievak verschilt inhoudelijk (sterk) van het vak uit het oude programma. In dat geval heeft de student de keus om het substitutievak te volgen en daarin ook tentamen af te leggen of hertentamen af te leggen over het vak uit het oude programma. In 2014-2015 wordt hiertoe tweemaal de gelegenheid geboden. De hertentamens voor vakken uit het oude programma worden parallel geroosterd aan de reguliere tentamens voor het substitutievak

◦ optie 3: Er is geen substitutievak voor een vak uit het oude programma. In dat geval wordt in 2014-2015 tweemaal de gelegenheid geboden hertentamen af te leggen over het vak uit het oude programma. De tentamenperiodes kunnen afwijken van die in het studiejaar 2013-2014.

5. Studenten die in 2011-2012 of eerder met de opleiding zijn begonnen en per 1 september 2014 nog niet aan alle eisen van de propedeuse hebben voldaan, worden voor de afronding van hun propedeuse verwezen naar de betreffende substitutieregeling in de Onderwijs- en Examenregeling van 2012-2013.

6. Studenten die in 2011-2012 of eerder met de opleiding zijn begonnen en per 1 september 2014 nog niet aan alle eisen van het tweede studiejaar hebben voldaan, worden voor de afronding van hun tweede studiejaar verwezen naar de betreffende substitutieregeling in de Onderwijs- en Examenregeling van 2013-2014.

7. De opmerkingen in lid 1-6 van dit artikel zijn van toepassing op de substitutie¬regelingen van alle bacheloropleidingen.

(= BSc OER appendix 10.1)1. The Bachelor’s programme, after applying a substitution regulation, must at all

times comprise at least 180 ECs. Should that not be the case, then a student must complete one (or more) additional elective course(s).


186

2. If a propaedeutic programme after the application of a substitution regulation comprises less than 60 ECs, the propaedeutic diploma shall not be awarded until the 60 EC threshold has been passed by rounding off one (or more) second year courses.

3. A possible surplus of ECs obtained in the propaedeutic phase can be used towards elective courses.

4. Three options can be distinguished in the substitution regulations: ◦ option 1: with respect to content, the substitution course does not differ

or differs hardly from the course in the old programme. Although, name, course code, language of instruction or semester block may have changed. In case the block has changed students can only take the substitution course in the new block; also the (resit) examination can only be taken in the new block;

◦ option 2: the substitution course differs, in respect of content (a lot) from the course in the old programme. In that case, the student has a choice to either take the substitution course and to also take the exam in the substitution course or to take the resit examination of the course in the old programme. In 2014 – 2015 there will be two opportunities to take this resit. The resit examinations for the old programme will be scheduled parallel with the regular examinations of the substitution course;

◦ option 3: there is no substitution course replacing a course of the old programme. In that case two resit opportunities will be offered in 2014-2015 for the course of the old programme. The examination periods may deviate from those of the academic year 2013-2014.

5. Students who began their studies in 2011-2012 or earlier, and who have not satisfied all the requirements for the propaedeutic phase per 1 September 2014, are referred to the substitution regulations in Appendix 10 of the Teaching and Examination Regulations of 2012-2013.

6. Students who began their studies in 2011-2012 or earlier, and who have not satisfied all the requirements for the second year on 1 September 2014, are referred to the substitution regulations in Appendix 10 of the Teaching and Examination Regulations of 2013-2014.

7. The notes above, 1-6, apply to the substitution regulations of all bachelor programmes.

G.1.2. BSc A&C: substitutieregeling 3e studiejaar

In 2013-2014 is het derde studiejaar van de bacheloropleiding Accountancy en Controlling voor het laatst aangeboden. Studenten van de bacheloropleiding Accountancy en Controlling die in 2011-2012 of eerder met de opleiding zijn begonnen en per 1 september 2014 nog niet aan alle eisen van het derde studiejaar hebben voldaan, dienen ter afronding van hun derde studiejaar gebruik te maken van de navolgende substitutieregeling:

BSc A&C - studiejaar 3 - substitutieregeling 2014-2015

vak OUDE programma (2013-2014)

sem. 13-14

substitutievak(ken) 2014-2015

sem. 14-15

optie (zie bijlage 10.1) en/

of toelichtingBachelorafstudeer-werkstuk A&C (EBB924A10)

2.1-2 Bachelor’s Thesis BDK-A&C EBB924B10)

2.2 optie 1

187


Business & ICT A&C (EBB801A05)

2.2 Accounting Information Systems A&C (EBB096A05)

2.2 optie 2

Financial Accounting II BE/A&C (EBB915A10)

1.1-2 Financial Statement Analysis for A&C (EBB116A05)+ Advanced Financial Accounting (EBB045A05)

1.1

2.2

optie 2

Internal Control: Grondslagen (EBB918A10)

1.1-2 Internal Control (BSc) (EBB048A05)+Accounting Information Systems A&C (EBB096A05)

1.1

2.2

optie 2

Ondernemingsrecht A&C/FE (EBB901B05)

1.1 Ondernemingsrecht A&C (EBB901C05)

2.1 optie 1

Spec. Course OMC: Management Accounting (EBB884A10)

2.1-2 Accounting for Management Control (EBB078A05) +Management Control A&C (EBB102A05)

1.2

1.1, 1.2

optie 2

Theoretische Inleiding Auditing & Control (EBB943A05)

2.1 Corporate Governance A&C (EBB099A05)

1.1 optie 1

Voortgezet Boekhouden (EBB807A05)

1.2 Financial Reporting & Consolidation (EBB047A05)

2.1 optie 2

G.1.3. BSc Bedrijfseconomie: substitutieregelingen 2e en 3e studiejaar

In 2012-2013 is het tweede studiejaar van de bacheloropleiding Bedrijfseconomie voor het laatst aangeboden. Studenten van de bacheloropleiding Bedrijfseconomie die in 2011-2012 of eerder met de opleiding zijn begonnen en per 1 september 2014 nog niet aan alle eisen van het tweede studiejaar hebben voldaan, dienen ter afronding van hun tweede studiejaar gebruik te maken van de navolgende substitutieregeling. Deze regeling wijkt op een aantal punten af van de substitutieregeling zoals opgenomen in bijlage 10.4 van de Onderwijs- en Examenregelingen van 2013-2014.

BSc Bedrijfseconomie - studiejaar 2 - substitutieregeling 2014-2015


sem. 12-13


sem. 14-15


of toelichtingBusiness & ICT BE (EBB808B05)

2.2 Informatiemanagement BDK (EBP024A05)

2.1 Zie ook NB onder dit schema

Business Research Methods BE/FE/A&C (EBB018A05)

1.2 Kwantitatieve onderzoeksmethoden (EBB051A05)


Engels BE (EBB021A05)

2.1-2 English for E&BE (EBP837B05)

2.1-2 Zie ook NB onder dit schema


188

Financiering II BE/FE/A&C (EBB823B05)

2.1 Capital Structure and Financial Planning (EBB060A05)


IT-toepassingen BE (EBB026A05)

2.1-2 geen Zie ook NB onder dit schema

Management Accounting BE/FE/A&C (EBB846B05)

1.2 Management Accounting for BE (EBB846C05)


Marketing II BE (EBB849A05)

2.2 Marktcontext en marktonderzoek (EBB055A05)


Micro-economie II (EBB853A05)

2.1 Microeconomics - Industrial Organization(EBB067A05)


Openbare Financiën (EBB856A05)

1.1 Public Finance (EBB861A05)


Statistiek II BE (EBB875B05)

1.1 Econometrics for BE (EBB061A05) ofStatistics II for IB (EBB682B05)


Strategisch Management BE (EBB843B05)

1.1 Strategic Management B&M EBB649C05)


Wiskunde II BE (EBB890B05)

1.2 Matrix Analysis and Optimization (EBB066A05)


NB • Niet-behaalde tweedejaarsvakken die in 2012-2013 voor het laatst zijn verzorgd MOETEN worden vervangen door het aangegeven substitutievak. Indien er geen substitutievak is aangegeven, worden de betreffende studiepunten toegevoegd aan de vrije keuzeruimte. De gekozen vakken mogen geen overlap vertonen met andere vakken van het bachelor-programma. Bij twijfel kan de opleidingsdirecteur worden geraadpleegd.

• Een uit de gezamenlijke substituties voortvloeiend tekort of overschot aan studiepunten mag worden verrekend met de vrije keuzeruimte, op voorwaarde dat het totale bachelor-programma minimaal 180 EC omvat.

In 2013-2014 is het derde studiejaar van de bacheloropleiding Bedrijfseconomie voor het laatst aangeboden. Studenten van de bacheloropleiding Bedrijfseconomie die in 2011-2012 of eerder met de opleiding zijn begonnen en per 1 september 2014 nog niet aan alle eisen van het derde studiejaar hebben voldaan, dienen ter afronding van hun derde studiejaar te kiezen uit onderstaande lijst van keuzevakken BSc BE. Voor de keuzevakken die niet meer worden aangeboden, zullen in 2014-2015 nog wél twee hertentamens worden verzorgd. Die hertentamens vinden plaats in de tentamenperiodes van het eerste en het derde blok (d.w.z. ná sem 1.1 resp. sem. 2.1) en. zijn uitsluitend toegankelijk voor studenten die in 2013-2014 of eerder al een keer voor het betreffende vak ingeschreven hebben gestaan.

189


BSc Bedrijfseconomie - studiejaar 3 - substitutieregeling 2014-2015

(keuze)vakken BSc BE ter afronding van OUDE programma (2013-2014)

sem. 14-15

opmerking

Bachelorafstudeerwerkstuk BE (EBB926B10)

1.1-2, 2.1-2

verplicht vak, wordt in 2014-2015 nog tweemaal aangeboden

Corporate Finance for E&BE (EBB079A05)

1.2, 2.2

Vanwege overlap mag het vak Corporate Finance for E&BE niet worden opgenomen in een programma dat reeds de Spec. Course Finance ((EBB881A10)) bevat.

Corporate Governance for E&BE (EBB089A05)

1.2

Ethics in Business and Management (EBB100A05)

2.1 Vanwege overlap mag het vak Ethics in Business and Management niet worden opgenomen in een programma dat reeds Ethics and International Business (EBB608B05) bevat

Ethics and International Business (EBB608B05)

2.2 Vanwege overlap mag het vak Ethics and International Business niet worden opgenomen in een programma dat reeds Ethics in Business and Management (EBB100A05) bevat

Financial Statement Analysis for E&BE (EBB081A05)

2.2 Vanwege overlap mag het vak Financial Statement Analysis for E&BE niet worden opgenomen in een pro¬gramma dat reeds Financial Statement Analysis for A&C (EBB116A05 ) bevat.

Financial Statement Analysis for A&C (EBB116A05)

1.1 Vanwege overlap mag het vak Financial Statement Analysis for A&C niet worden opgenomen in een pro¬gramma dat reeds Financial Statement Analysis for E&BE (EBB081A05 ) bevat.

Intermediate Asset Pricing (EBB084A05)

1.1, 2.1 Vanwege overlap mag het vak Intermediate Asset Pricing niet worden opgenomen in een programma dat reeds de Spec. Course Finance (EBB881A10) bevat.

Management Control A&C (EBB102A05)

1.2 Vanwege overlap mag het vak Management Control niet worden opgenomen in een programma dat reeds de Spec. Course O&MC: Management Accounting (EBB884A10) bevat.

Advanced Financial Accounting (EBB045A05)

2.2 Vanwege overlap mag het vak Advanced Financial Accounting niet worden opgenomen in een programma dat reeds het vak Financial Accounting II BE/A&C (EBB915A10) bevat.

Financial Accounting II BE/A&C (EBB915A10)

Zie NB onder tabel

Vanwege overlap mag het vak Financial Accounting II BE/A&C niet worden opgenomen in een programma dat reeds het vak Advanced Financial Accounting (EBB045A05) bevat.

Spec. Course Finance (EBB881A10)

Zie NB onder tabe

Vanwege overlap mogen in een programma dat reeds de Spec. Course Finance bevat, de vakken Intermediate Asset Pricing (EBB084A05) en Corporate Finance for E&BE (EBB079A05) niet worden opgenomen.

Spec. Course Marketing (EBB937A10)

Zie NB onder tabe


190


Zie NB onder tabe

Vanwege overlap mag in een programma dat reeds de Spec. Course O&MC: Management Accounting bevat, het vak Management Control A&C (EBB102A05) niet worden opgenomen.

Spec. Course Operations & Supply Chains (EBB660A10)

Zie NB onder tabe

NB Wordt niet meer aangeboden in 2014-2015, hertentamens

G.1.4. BSc Bedrijfskunde: substitutieregelingen 2e en 3e studiejaar

Studenten van de bacheloropleiding Bedrijfskunde die in 2011-2012 of eerder met de opleiding zijn begonnen en per 1 september 2014 nog niet aan alle eisen van het (toenmalige) tweede studiejaar hebben voldaan, dienen ter afronding van hun tweede studiejaar gebruik te maken van de substitutieregeling, zoals vermeld in bijlage 10.5 van de Onderwijs- en Examenregeling van 2013-2014. In aanvulling daarop geldt de navolgende regeling:

BSc Bedrijfskunde, profiel B&M - studiejaar 2 - aanvullende substitutieregeling 2014-2015


sem. 12-13


sem. 14-15


of toelichtingPracticum I Bedrijfskunde (EBB725A05)

1.2 Marktcontext en marktonderzoek (EBB055A05)

2.2. optie 2; in het studiejaar 2014-2015 is er geen gelegenheid meer om het practicum af te ronden

Practicum II Bedrijfskunde (EBB726A05)

2.1 Management of Product Innovation (EBB652B05)

2.2 optie 2; in het studiejaar 2014-2015 is er geen gelegenheid meer om het practicum af te ronden

Practicum III Bedrijfskunde (EBB729A05)

2.2 Work Organization and Job Design (EBB601B05)

2.1 optie 2; in het studiejaar 2014-2015 is er geen gelegenheid meer om het practicum af te ronden

Studenten van de bacheloropleiding Bedrijfskunde die in 2011-2012 of eerder met de opleiding zijn begonnen en per 1 september 2014 nog niet aan alle eisen van het (toenmalige) derde studiejaar hebben voldaan, dienen ter afronding van hun derde studiejaar gebruik te maken van de navolgende substitutieregeling:

BSc Bedrijfskunde, profiel B&M - studiejaar 3 - substitutieregeling 2014-2015

vak OUDE programma (2013-

2014)

sem. 13-14


sem. 14-15


of toelichtingminor oude programma 1.1-2 minor nieuwe

programma1.1-2 optie 1

Keuzevakken die in het kader van een facultaire minor zijn gevolgd in

191


het oude programma kunnen ook worden opgevoerd als onderdeel van de facultaire minor BDK-B&M/TM in het nieuwe programma.

Bachelorafstudeerwerk-stuk Bedrijfskunde (EBB731A10)

2.1-2 Academic Skills III (EBB095A05) + Bachelor’s Thesis BDK-B&M (EBB731B10)

1.2,

2.2

optie 2 Het Bachelorafstudeer-werkstuk Bedrijfskunde (oude stijl) wordt in het studiejaar 2014-2015 nog eenmaal aangeboden, in semester 1.1-2. Voor oude-stijlstudenten geldt het vak Academic Skills III niet als entreevoorwaarde voor de Bachelor’s Thesis BDK-B&M. Zij mogen het vak opvoeren als onderdeel van hun facultaire minor BDK-B&M/TM.

Economisch recht Bedrijfskunde (EBB613A05)

2.2 Ethics in Business and Management (EBB100A05)

2.1 optie 2

Management Game (EBB637A05)

2.2 Integrative Research Project (EBB101A05)

2.1 optie 2 Het Management Game wordt nog eenmaal aan-geboden, in november 2014. Studenten die na deze laatste kans het Management Game niet met een voldoende afgerond hebben moeten het substitutievak Integrative Research Project (EBB101A05) volgen.

Healthcare Management (EBB732A05)

1.1 optie 3

Knowledge Management (EBB724B05)

1.2 optie 3

Knowledge Management & Innovation (EBB723B05)

2.1 optie 3

Project Management (EBB667A05)

1.1 optie 3

Purchasing Management (EBB742A05)

1.1 optie 3

Quality Management (EBB669A05)

2.1 optie 3


192

Spec. Course Business & ICT (EBB661A10)

1.1-2 2.1-2

optie 3 Kan worden vervangen door 10 EC aan keuzevakken uit het nieuwe programma.


1.1-22.1-2

optie 3 Kan worden vervangen door 10 EC aan keuzevakken uit het nieuwe programma

Spec. Course Small Bus.&Entrepreneurship (EBB887A10)

1.1-2 2.1-2


Spec. Course Strategy & Innovation Man. (EBB658B10)

1.1-2 2.1-2



1.1-2 2.1-2



1.1-2 2.1-2



1.1-2 2.1-2


G.1.5. BSc Bedrijfskunde, profiel A&C: overgangsregeling 3e studiejaar

Studenten van de bacheloropleiding Bedrijfskunde, profiel Accountancy en Controlling die het nieuwe derdejaars programma van de opleiding volgen, maar reeds vakken uit het programma van de BSc Accountancy en Controlling hebben afgerond, kunnen gebruik maken van onderstaande overgangsregeling:

BSc Bedrijfskunde, profiel A&C - studiejaar 3 - overgangsregeling 2014-2015

vak NIEUWE programma (2014-2015)

sem. 14-15

vak(ken) oude programma(‘s) die (indien afgerond) het nieuwe vak mogen vervangen

Belastingrecht 1 (RGAFI30104)

1.1 Belastingrecht 1 voor Fisc Ec&Acc (RGAFI30103)

Belastingrecht 2 (RGMFI00406)

1.2 Belastingrecht 2 (RGMFI00406)

Financial and Actuarial Calculus (EBB822B05)

2.1 Financiële en Actuariële Rekenkunde (EBB822A05)

193


Management Control A&C (EBB102A05)

1.2 geen

Corporate Governance A&C (EBB099A05)

1.1 Theoretische In leiding Auditing & Control (EBB943A05)

Auditing Practices (EBB097A05)

1.2 geen

Ondernemingsrecht A&C (EBB901C05)

2.1 Ondernemingsrecht A&C/FE (EBB901B05)

Accounting Information Systems A&C (EBB096A05)

2.2 geen

Financial Statement Analysis for A&C (EBB116A05)

1.1 geen

Bachelor’s Thesis BDK-A&C (EBB924B10)

1.2, 2.2

Bachelorafstudeerwerkstuk A&C (EBB924A10)


2.1 geen

G.1.6. BSc Bedrijfskunde, profiel B&M: overgangsregeling 3e studiejaar

Studenten van de bacheloropleiding Bedrijfskunde, profiel Business en Management die het nieuwe derdejaars programma van de opleiding volgen, maar reeds vakken uit het oude programma hebben afgerond, kunnen gebruik maken van onderstaande overgangsregeling:

BSc Bedrijfskunde, profiel B&M - studiejaar 3 - overgangsregeling 2014-2015


sem. 14-15

vak(ken) oude programma(‘s) die (indien afgerond) het nieuwe vak mogen vervangen

vakken uit facultaire minor BDK-B&M/TM

vakken uit facultaire minor van het oude programma

Academic Skills III (EBB095A05)

geen

Bachelor’s Thesis BDK-B&M (EBB731B10)

1.2, 2.2

Bachelorafstudeerwerkstuk Bedrijfskunde (EBB731A10)

Contemporary Theories on B&M (EBB098A05)

2.2 geen


2.1 Economisch recht Bedrijfskunde (EBB613A05)

Integrative Research Project (EBB101A05)

2.1 Management Game (EBB637A05)

G.1.7. BSc Bedrijfskunde, profiel TM: overgangsregeling 3e studiejaar

Studenten van de bacheloropleiding Bedrijfskunde, profiel Technologiemanage¬ment die het nieuwe derdejaars programma van de opleiding volgen, maar reeds vakken uit het programma van de BSc Technologiemanagement hebben afgerond, kunnen gebruik maken van onderstaande overgangsregeling:


194

BSc Bedrijfskunde, profiel TM - studiejaar 3 - overgangsregeling 2014-2015


sem. 14-15

vak(ken) oude programa(‘s) die (indien afgerond) het nieuwe vak mogen vervangen


2.1 Business Ethics & Corporate Social Resp. (EBB608A05)

International Bus.& Supply Chain Market. (EBB609B05)

2.1 Business & Supply Chain Marketing (EBB609A05)

Organisatie, technologie en verandering (EBB647B05)

2.2 Organisatie, technologie en verandering (EBB647B05)

Ontwerppraktijk BDK-TM (EBB103A05) + Bachelor’s Thesis BDK-TM (EBB643C10)

1.1, 2.1

Bachelor’s Thesis TM (EBB643B15)

Minor 1.1-2 Applied Manufacturing Management (TBAMM05E) + Information Management (EBB620A05) + Kern van discrete technologie (TBDT05E) + Materiaalkunde en ontwerpen (NAMATK-09) + Mechanica TBK/TM (NAMECH05E) + Ontwerpen en construeren voor TBK/TM

(TBOC05E) òf Architectuur en Infrastructuur (EBB665A05)

+ Business Modelling (EBB656B06) + Business Intelligence (bachelor) (EBB032A05) + Databases TM/TBK (EBB610B05) + Informatievisualisatie in organisaties

(EBB696A04) + Object-georiënteerd ontwerpen (EBB676A06)

òf Eénfase reactoren (CHEFR-10)

+ Fysische transportverschijnselen 1 (CHTFTV105E)

+ General Process Equipment (CHTGPE05E) + +nformation Management (EBB620A05) + Kern van DT (TBDT05E) òf

Structuur en moleculen (TBSTMO-11) + Producttechnologie (CHTPT05E)

G.1.8. BSc EOR: substitution regulation 3rd year

Students in the bachelor programme Econometrics and Operations Research, who began their studies in 2011-2012 or earlier, and who have not satisfied all the requirements for the (old) third year per 1 September 2014 must make use of the following substitution regulation to round off their third year:

195


BSc EOR - year 3 - substitution regulation 2014-2015

course in OLD programme (2013-2014)

sem. 13-14

substitution course(s)

(2014-2015)

sem. 14-15

option (see 10.1) and/or

explanationDynamic Econometrics (for EOR year 3) (EBB813A07)

1.2 Dynamic Econometrics (EBB813A05)

2.2 option 2 (substitution course has fewer ECs, see also NB 3)

Game Theory (EBB872A05)

1.1 Game Theory (EBB872A05)

2.2 option 1

Quantitative Finance (BSc) (EBB839A05)

1.1 none option 3

Risk Insurance (for EOR year 3) (EBB863A07)

1.2 Risk Insurance (EB863A05)


Spec. Course Applied Operations Research (EBB888A10)

2.1-2 Spec. Course Applied Operations Research (EBB888A05) + Queuing Theory and Simulation (EBB074A05)

2.1

2.1

option 2

Spec. Course Generalized Linear Models (EBB883A05)

2.1 Spec. Course Generalized Linear Models (EBB883A05)

2.1 option 1 This course is offered by FWN named Statistical Modelling, however, the results will be recorded under course name Spec. Course Generalized Linear Models and course code EBB883A05

Spec. Course Microeconometrics (EBB880B10)

2.1-2 Spec. Course Microeconometrics (EBB880B05) + Empirical Econometrics (EBB113A05)

2.1

1.2

option 2

Stochastic Models (EBB878A06)

1.1 Stochastic Models (EBB878A05)


NB • Each programme has to contain either Programming I for EOR (EBB859A05) or Programming for EOR (EBP039A05). If not part of the propaedeutic programme, the course Programming for EOR (EBP039A05) may replace Programming I for EOR (EBB859A05) (2nd year course, old post¬propaedeutic programme) or count as an elective FEB (3rd year course, new post-propae-deutic programme).

• In the new programme , the 3rd year course Marketing Analytics (EBB114A05) is compulsory, also for students who took the (old) propaedeutic course Marketing for EOR (EBP010B05). (There is virtually no overlap between these courses.)

• If the postpropaedeutic programme contains less than 120 ECs, an additional course has to be chosen from the following list: ◦ Queuing Theory and Simulation (EBB074A05) ◦ Empirical Econometrics (EBB113A05 ) ◦ Numerical Methods for EOR (EBB115A05) ◦ Marketing Analytics (EBB114A05)


196

G.1.9. BSc EOR: transition regulation 3rd year

Students of the bachelor programme Econometrics and Operations Research who are taking the new third year programme, and who have already rounded off courses from the old programme(s) can make use of the transition regulation below:

BSc EOR - year 3 - transition regulation 2014-2015

course NEW programme (2014-2015)

sem. 14-15

course(s) of old programme(s) that (if completed) may replace the new course

Finance Theory and Modelling (EBB825A05)

1.2 Finance Theory and Modelling (EBB825A05) (2nd year course in the old programme)

Stochastic Models (EBB878A05)

1.2 Stochastic Models (EBB878A06)

Spec. Course Applied Operations Research (EBB888A05)

2.1 Spec. Course Applied Operations Research (EBB888A10)

Spec. Course Generalized Linear Models (EBB883A05)

2.1 Spec. Course Generalized Linear Models (EBB883A05)

Spec. Course Microeconometrics (EBB880B05)

2.1 Spec. Course Microeconometrics (EBB880B10)

suitable course(s) FEB (s.t. approval)

Programming II for EOR (EBB860A05)

G.1.10. BSc E&BE, profile BE: transition regulation 3rd year

Students of the bachelor programme Economics and Business Economics, profile Business Administration who are taking the new third year programme, and who have already rounded off courses from the old programme BSc Business Economics can make use of the transition regulation below:

BSc E&BE, profile BE - year 3 - transition regulation 2014-2015


sem. 14-15


Bachelor’s Thesis E&BE-BE (EBB926C10)

1.1-2, 2.1-2

Bachelorafstudeerwerkstuk BE (EBB926B10)

Marketing Research for E&BE (EBB085A05)

2.1 Marketing II BE (EBB849A05) or Marktcontext en Marktonderzoek (EBB055A05)

Intermediate Asset Pricing (EBB084A05) + Corporate Finance for E&BE (EBB079A05)

2.1

2.2


Financial Statement Analysis for E&BE (EBB081A05)

2.2 Financial Accounting II BE/A&C (EBB915A10)

197


G.1.11. BSc E&BE, profile Economics: substitution regulation 3rd year

Students in the bachelor programme Economics and Business Economics, profile Economics who began their studies in 2011-2012 or earlier, and who have not satisfied all the requirements for the (old) third year per 1 September 2014 must make use of the following substitution regulation to round off their third year:

BSc E&BE, profile Economics - year 3 - substitution regulation 2014-2015

course in OLD programme (2013-

2014)

sem. 13-14

substitution course(s) 2014-2015

sem. 14-15

option (see 10.1) and/or explanation

Bachelor’s Thesis Economics (EBB908A10)

2.1-2 Bachelor’s Thesis E&BE-Economics (EBB908B10)

1.1-2, 2.1-2

option 1

Environmental Economics (EBB898A05)

1.2 Environmental and Resource Economics (EBB898B05)

1.2 option 1

Labour Economics (EBB840A05)

1.2 Labour Economics (EBB840A05)

2.1 option 1

Macroeconomics III (EBB842A05)

2.1 Intermediate Macroeconomics (EBB842B05)

2.1 option 1

Microeconomics III (EBB852A05)

2.1 Intermediate Microeconomics (EBB852B05)

2.2 option 1

Spatial Economics (GEMSPECON)

1.2 minor course E&BE or 3rd year elective of new curriculum E&BE, if not included in the programme already

1.1-2

2.1-2

option 3


1.1-2 Intermediate Asset Pricing (EBB084A05) + Corporate Finance for E&BE (EBB079A05)

2.1

2.2

option 2

option 2

Spec. Course Political Economics (EBB886A10)

1.1-2 Political Economics (EBB886B05) + minor course E&BE

or 3rd year elective(s) of new curriculum E&BE, if not included in the programme already

2.2

1.1-2

2.1-2

option 2

option 3

option 3

elective(s) year 3 2.1-2 choice (10 ECs) out of: • minor course(s)

E&BE • 3rd year elective(s)

of new curriculum E&BE, if not included in the programme already

2.1-2

1.1-2

option 3


198

G.1.12. BSc E&BE, profile Economics: transition regulation 3rd year

Students of the bachelor programme Economics and Business Economics, profile Economics who are taking the new third year programme, and who have already rounded off courses from the old programme(s) can make use of the transition regulation below:

BSc E&BE, profile Economics - year 3 - transition regulation 2014-2015


sem. 14-15


minor course E&BE 1.1-2 3rd year elective or Spatial Economics (GEMSPECON)

3rd year elective from f new curriculum E&BE

2.1-2 3rd year elective or Spatial Economics (GEMSPECON)

Environmental and Resource Economics (EBB898B05)

1.2 Environmental Economics (EBB898A05)


2.1

2.2


Intermediate Macroeconomics (EBB842B05)

2.1 Macroeconomics III (EBB842A05)

Labour Economics (EBB840A05)

2.1 Labour Economics (EBB840A05)

Intermediate Microeconomics (EBB852B05)

2.2 Microeconomics III (EBB852A05)

Political Economics (EBB886B05) + minor course E&BE

2.2

1.1-2

Spec. Course Political Economics (EBB886A10)

G.1.13. BSc E&BE, profile IE&B: substitution regulation 3rd year

Students in the bachelor programme Economics and Business Economics, profile International Economics and Business who began their studies in 2011-2012 or earlier, and who have not satisfied all the requirements for the (old) second year per 1 September 2014 must make use of the following substitution regulation to round off their third year:

BSc E&BE, profile IE&B - year 3- substitution regulation 2014-2015


2014)

sem. 13-14


sem. 14-15


Bachelor’s Thesis IE&B (EBB879A10)

1.1-2, 2.1-2

Bachelor’s Thesis E&BE-IE&B (EBB879B10)

1.1-2, 2.1-2

option 1

199


Specialization Course IE&B (EBB029A10)

2.1-2 Globalization: The Great Unbundlings (EBB083A05) + Globalization: MNEs & Institutions (EBB082A05)

2.1

2.2

option 2

elective(s)year 3 2.1-2 choice (10 ECs) out of: • Economic

Organization Theory (EBB080A05)

• Growth and Development Economics (EBB811B05)

• minor course(s) E&BE

• 3rd year elective(s) of new curriculum E&BE, if not included in the programme already

2.1

2.2

1.1-2

2.1-2

option 3; Economic Organization Theory may only be chosen if Economics of Strategy is not included in the programme

G.1.14. BSc E&BE, profile IE&B: transition regulation 3rd year

Students in the bachelor programme Economics and Business Economics, profile International Economics and Business who are taking the new third year programme, and who have already rounded off courses from the old programme(s) can make use of the transition regulation below:

BSc E&BE, profile IE&B - year 3 - transition regulation 2014-2015


sem. 14-15


Globalization: The Great Unbundlings (EBB083A05) + Globalization: MNEs & Institutions (EBB082A05)

2.1

2.2


Economic Organization Theory (EBB080A05) + Growth and Development Economics (EBB811B05)

2.1

2.2

10 EC electives of old programme

Note: If course Economics of Strategy (EBB019A05) has been taken in the second year of the old programme, Economic Organization Theory cannot be included in the third year of the new programme; when transferring to the new 3rd year programme a course of semester 2 of year 3 of E&BE-profiles Business Economics or Economics has to be taken.

G.1.15. BSc Fiscale Economie: substitutieregelingen 2e en 3e studiejaar

In 2012-2013 is het tweede studiejaar van de bacheloropleiding Fiscale Economie voor het laatst aangeboden. Studenten van de bacheloropleiding Fiscale Economie die in


200

2011-2012 of eerder met de opleiding zijn begonnen en per 1 september 2014 nog niet aan alle eisen van het tweede studiejaar hebben voldaan, dienen ter afronding van hun tweede studiejaar gebruik te maken van de navolgende substitutieregeling. Deze regeling wijkt op een aantal punten af van de substitutieregeling zoals opgenomen in bijlage 10.13 van de Onderwijs- en Examenregeling van 2013-2014.

BSc Fiscale Economie - studiejaar 2 - substitutieregeling 2014-2015


2013)

sem. 12-13


sem. 14-15

optie (zie bijlage 10.1) en/of toelichting

Belastingrecht 1 voor Fisc Ec&Acc (RGAFI30103)

1.1-2 Belastingrecht 1 14/15, het deel Belastingrecht 1 (5 EC)

1.1 Zie ook NB onder dit schema.

Financiering II BE/FE/A&C (EBB823B05)

2.1 Capital Structure and Financial Planning (EBB060A05)


Financiële en Actuariële Rekenkunde (EBB822A05)

2.2 Financial and Actuarial Calculus (EBB822B05)

2.1 optie 1 Zie ook NB onder dit schema.

Fiscaal Comptabele Verantwoording 1 (RGBFI00504)

2.1 Fiscaal Comptabele Verantwoording 14/15 (5 EC)


Formeel Belastingrecht 1 (RGBFI00106)

1.1-2 Formeel Belastingrecht 114/15 (5 EC)


Inkomstenbelasting (RGBFI00108)

2.1-2 Inkomstenbelasting14-15 (10 EC)


Management Accounting BE/FE/A&C (EBB846B05)

1.2 Management Accounting for BE (EBB846C05)


Ondernemingsrecht A&C/FE (EBB901B05)

1.1 Ondernemingsrecht A&C (EBB901C05)


Successiewet voor Fiscalisten (RGBFI00304)

2.2 geen optie 3 Nog twee hertentamen-mogelijkheden in 2014-2015

Vermogensrecht (EBB889A05)

1.1 geen optie 3 Toevoeging van 5 EC aan de vrije keuzeruimte.

Winst (RGBFI00207) 2.1-2 Winst 14/15 (5 EC) 2.2 Zie ook NB onder dit schema.

NB • Niet-behaalde tweedejaarsvakken die in 2012-2013 voor het laatst zijn verzorgd MOETEN worden vervangen door het aangegeven substitutievak. Een uit de gezamenlijke substituties voortvloeiend tekort of overschot aan studiepunten mag worden verrekend met de vrije keuzeruimte, op voorwaarde dat het totale bachelor¬programma minimaal 180 EC omvat.

201


• Voor de vrije keuzeruimte kan worden gekozen uit post-propedeutische vakken van het verplichte deel van de curricula van de BSc BE, E&BE en/of EOR, inclusief de zogenoemde keuzevakken BSc BE, maar exclusief de cursussen Financial Accounting II BE/A&C (EBB915A10) en Financial Statement Analysis for E&BE (EBB081A05); de gekozen vakken mogen geen overlap vertonen met andere vakken van het bachelorprogramma. Bij twijfel kan de opleidingscoördinator worden geraadpleegd.

In 2013-2014 is het derde studiejaar van de bacheloropleiding Fiscale Economie voor het laatst aangeboden. Studenten van de bacheloropleiding Fiscale Economie die in 2011-2012 of eerder met de opleiding zijn begonnen en per 1 september 2014 nog niet aan alle eisen van het derde studiejaar hebben voldaan, dienen ter afronding van hun derde studiejaar gebruik te maken van de navolgende substitutieregeling:

BSc Fiscale Economie - studiejaar 3 - substitutieregeling 2014-2015


2014)

sem. 12-13


sem. 14-15


Omzet- en Overdrachtsbelasting (RGBFI00407)

1.1-2 Omzet- en Overdrachtsbelasting 14/15 (10 EC)

1.1-2 optie 1 Zie ook NB onder dit schema.

Openbare Financiën (EBB856A05)

1.1 Public Finance (EBB861A05)


Staats- en Administratief recht (EBB873A05)

1.1 geen optie 3 Hertentamens ná 1.1 en 1.2 Zie ook NB onder dit schema.

Business Research Methods BE/FE/A&C (EBB018A05)

1.2 Kwantitatieve onderzoeksmethoden (EBB051A05)


Vennootschapsbelasting (RGBFI00110)

2.1-2 Vennootschapsbelasting 14/15 (10 EC)

2.1-2 optie 1 Zie ook NB onder dit schema.

Fiscaal Comptabele Verantwoording 2 (RGBFI00104)

2.1 geen 2.1 optie 3 Hertentamenmogelijk-heden nog te plannen\ Zie ook NB onder dit schema.

Loonbelasting (RGBFI00204)

2.1 Loonbelasting 14/15 (5 EC)


NB • Een uit de gezamenlijke substituties voortvloeiend tekort of overschot aan studiepunten mag worden verrekend met de vrije keuzeruimte, op voorwaarde dat het totale bachelor-programma minimaal 180 EC omvat.

• Voor de vrije keuzeruimte kan worden gekozen uit post-propedeutische vakken van het verplichte deel van de curricula van de BSc BE, E&BE en/of EOR, inclusief de zogenoemde keuzevakken BSc BE, maar exclusief de cursussen Financial Accounting II BE/A&C (EBB915A10) en Financial Statement Analysis for E&BE (EBB081A05); de gekozen vakken mogen geen overlap vertonen met andere vakken van het bachelorprogramma. Bij twijfel kan de opleidingscoördinator worden geraadpleegd.


202

G.1.16. BSc International Business: substitution and transition regulations

Students in the bachelor programme International Business, who began their studies in 2010-2011 or earlier, and who have not satisfied all the requirements for the third year per 1 September 2014 are referred to the substitution regulation as indicated in appendix 10.13 of the Teaching and Examination Regulations 2013-2014.Students of the bachelor programme International Business who are taking the new programme, and who have already rounded off courses from the old program(s) are referred to the transition regulation as indicated in appendix 10.13 of the Teaching and Examination Regulations 2013-2014.

G.1.17. BSc Technologiemanagement, profiel DT: substitutieregeling 3e studiejaar

In 2013-2014 is het derde studiejaar van de bacheloropleiding Technologiemanagement voor het laatst aangeboden. Studenten van de bacheloropleiding Technologiemanagement, profiel Discrete Technologie die in 2011-2012 of eerder met de opleiding zijn begonnen en per 1 september 2014 nog niet aan alle eisen van het derde studiejaar hebben voldaan, dienen ter afronding van hun derde studiejaar gebruik te maken van de navolgende substitutieregeling:

BSc Technologiemanagement, profiel DT - studiejaar 3 - substitutieregeling 2014-2015

vak OUDE programma(2013-2014)

sem. 13-14


sem. 14-15


Applied Manufacturing Management (TBAMM05E)

1.2 Applied Manufacturing Research (EBB056A05)

2.2 optie 2; tentamens worden gepland door FWN


2.1-2 Ontwerppraktijk BDK-TM (EBB103A05) + Bachelor’s Thesis BDK-TM (EBB643C10)

1.1 , 2.1

1.2, 2.2

optie 1

Bedrijfsrecht (EBB607A05)

1.1 Recht BDK (EBB053A05)

2.1 optie 1

Business & Supply Chain Marketing (EBB609A05)

2.1 International Bus.& Supply Chain Market. (EBB609B05)

2.1 optie 1

Information Management TM (EBB620A05)

1.2 geen optie 3

Management of Product Innovation (EBB652B05)


2.2 optie 1

Materiaalkunde en ontwerpen (NAMATK-09)

1.1 Materials Science and Engineering (NAMATK-09)

1.1 optie 1

Ontwerpen en construeren voor TBK/TM (TBOC05E)

2.1 Design and Construction for IEM/TM (TBOC05E)

2.1 optie 1

203




2.2 optie 1 (let op: in blok 2.2!)

Productieplanning en -beheersing (EBB651A05)

1.1 Productieplanning en -beheersing (EBB651A05)

1.1 Het vak Productieplanning en -beheersing wordt in het studiejaar 2014-2015 nog eenmaal aangeboden.

G.1.18. BSc Technologiemanagement, profiel IT: substitutieregeling 3e studiejaar

In 2013-2014 is het derde studiejaar van de bacheloropleiding Technologiemanagement voor het laatst aangeboden. Studenten van de bacheloropleiding Technologiemanagement, profiel Informatietechnologie die in 2011-2012 of eerder met de opleiding zijn begonnen en per 1 september 2014 nog niet aan alle eisen van het derde studiejaar hebben voldaan, dienen ter afronding van hun derde studiejaar gebruik te maken van de navolgende substitutieregeling:

BSc Technologiemanagement, profiel IT - studiejaar 3 - substitutieregeling 2014-2015

vak OUDE programma(2013-2014)

sem. 13-14


sem. 14-15


Architectuur en infra-structuur (EBB665A05)

1.2 geen optie 3

Bachelor’s Thesis TM(EBB643B15)


1.1 , 2.1

1.2, 2.2

optie 1



2.1 optie 1



2.1 optie 1

Business Intelligence (bachelor) (EBB032A05)

2.1 geen optie 3



2.2 optie 1








204

G.1.19. BSc Technologiemanagement, profiel PT: substitutieregeling 3e studiejaar

In 2013-2014 is het derde studiejaar van de bacheloropleiding Technologiemanagement voor het laatst aangeboden. Studenten van de bacheloropleiding Technologiemanagement, profiel Procestechnologie die in 2011-2012 of eerder met de opleiding zijn begonnen en per 1 september 2014 nog niet aan alle eisen van het derde studiejaar hebben voldaan, dienen ter afronding van hun derde studiejaar gebruik te maken van de navolgende substitutieregeling:

BSc Technologiemanagement, profiel PT - studiejaar 3 - substitutieregeling 2014-2015


2014)

sem. 13-14


sem. 14-15




1.1 , 2.1

1.2, 2.2

optie 1



2.1 optie 1



2.1 optie 1

General Process Equipment (CHTGPE05E)

1.1 General Process Equipment (CHTGPE05E)

1.1 optie 1

Information Management TM (EBB620A05)

1.2 geen optie 3



2.2 optie 1







G.1.20. Pre-MSc programmes (English): substitution regulation

Students in the English Pre-Master programmes, who began their studies in 2013-2014 or earlier, and who have not satisfied all the requirements for the pre-master programme on 1 September 2014 but who are permitted to round off that programme in 2014-2015, must make use of the following substitution regulation to round off the pre-master:

205


Pre-MSc programmes FEB (English) - substitution regulation 2014-2015


2014)

sem. 13-14


sem. 14-15




2.1 option 1

Financial Accounting for Pre-MSc Finance (EBP040A05)

1.1 Financial Accounting for Pre-MSc (EBS018A05)

1.1 option 1

Introduction to HRM (EBB740A05)

2.1 Human Resource Management B&M (EBB617B05)

2.1 option 2

Project Management (EBB667A05)

1.1 none option 3

Purchasing Management (EBB742A05)

1.1 none option 3

Quality Management (EBB669A05)

2.1 none option 3


1.1-2 2.1-2


1.1, 2.1

1.2, 2.2

option 2; resits of the Spec. Course Finance in 1.1 en 2.1


1.1-2 2.1-2

Digital Marketing (EBB105A05) + Behavioural Decision Making (EBB104A05)

1.1 1.2 option 2; resits of the Spec. Course Marketing in 1.1 en 2.1


1.1-2 2.1-2

Accounting for Management Control (EBB078A05) + Management Control A&C (EBB102A05)

1.2

1.1, 1.2

option 2; resits of the Spec. Course OMC in 1.1 en 2.1


1.1-2 2.1-2

Purchasing & Supply Chain Management (EBB742B05) + Operations Strategy and Technology (EBB109A05)

1.1

1.2

option 2;

resits of the Spec. Course Operations & Supply Chains in 1.1 en 2.1

Spec. Course Small Bus.&Entrepreneurship (EBB887A10)

1.1-2 2.1-2

Entrepreneurship B&M/TM (EBB106A05) + Innovation Management B&M (EBB107A05)

1.1

1.2

option 2


206

Spec. Course Strategy & Innovation Man. (EBB658B10)

1.1-2 2.1-2

Choice out of (10 ECs): • Entrepreneurship

B&M/TM (EBB106A05)

• Innovation Management B&M (EBB107A05)

• International Business Theories (EBB108A05)

• International Business & Supply Chain Marketing (EBB609B05)

• Contemporary Theories on B&M (EBB098A05)

• Management of Product Innovation (EBB652B05)

1.1

1.2

1.2

2.1

2.1

2.2

option 2


2.1-2 Globalization: The Great Unbundlings (EBB083A05) + Globalization: MNEs & Institutions (EBB082A05)

2.1 2.2 option 2

G.1.21. Pre-MSc TOM (Nederlandstalig): substitutieregeling

Studenten van het Nederlandstalige Pre-Masterprogramma Technology and Operations Management die in 2013-2014 of eerder met de pre-master zijn begonnen en per 1 september 2014 nog niet aan alle eisen van het schakelprogramma hebben voldaan, maar die dat programma wél in 2014-2015 mogen afronden, dienen ter afronding daarvan gebruik te maken van de navolgende substitutieregeling:

Pre-MSc TOM (Nederlandstalig) - substitutieregeling 2014-2015


2014)

sem. 13-14


sem. 14-15


Mathematics for Pre-MSc (EBS002A05)

1.1 Mathematics for Pre-MSc (EBS002A05)

1.1 optie 1

Organization Theory & Design for Pre-MSc (EBS003A05)

1.1 Organization Theory & Design for Pre-MSc (EBS003A05)

1.1 optie 1

Productieplanning en –beheersing (EBB651A05)

1.1 Productieplanning en –beheersing (EBB651A05)


207


Business Research Methods for Pre-MSc (EBS001A10)

1.2 Business Research Methods for Pre-MSc (EBS001A10)

1.2 optie 1



2.2 optie 1 (let op: in blok 2.2)



2.1 optie 1

Work organization and Job Design (EBB601B05)

2.1 Work organization and Job Design (EBB601B05)

2.1 optie 1



2.2 optie 1



1 .1, 2.1

1.2, 2.2

optie 1

Faculteit Economie en Bedrijfskunde Faculty of … · Faculteit Economie en Bedrijfskunde Faculty...

Documents

Transcript of Faculteit Economie en Bedrijfskunde Faculty of … · Faculteit Economie en Bedrijfskunde Faculty...